• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Tantra
  • Tantra Collection
  • Action tantras
  • Toh 686

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh686.pdf

དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པའི་ཆོ་ག་ཞིབ་མོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།

The Sovereign Ritual of Amoghapāśa
Glossary

Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja
འཕགས་པ་དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པའི་ཆོ་ག་ཞིབ་མོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
’phags pa don yod pa’i zhags pa’i cho ga zhib mo’i rgyal po
The Noble Sovereign Ritual of Amoghapāśa
Āryāmogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja

Toh 686

Degé Kangyur, vol. 92 (rgyud ’bum, ma), folios 1.b–316.a; vol. 93 (rgyud, tsa), folios 1.b–57.b

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Chödrak Pel Sangpo
  • Rinchen Drup

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2022

Current version v 1.0.18 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Warning: Readers are reminded that according to Vajrayāna Buddhist tradition there are restrictions and commitments concerning tantra. Practitioners who are not sure if they should read this translation are advised to consult the authorities of their lineage. The responsibility for reading this text or sharing it with others who may or may not fulfill the requirements lies in the hands of readers.

Tantra Text Warning

Readers are reminded that according to Vajrayāna Buddhist tradition there are restrictions and commitments concerning tantra.

Practitioners who are not sure if they should read translations in this section are advised to consult the authorities of their lineage.

The responsibility for reading these texts or sharing them with others—and hence the consequences—lies in the hands of readers.

About unrestricted access

The decision to publish tantra texts without restricted access has been considered carefully. First of all, it should be noted that all the original Tibetan texts of the Kangyur, including those in this Tantra section, are in the public domain. Some of the texts in this section (but by no means all of them) are nevertheless, according to some traditions, only studied with authorization and after suitable preliminaries.

It is true, of course, that a translation makes the content accessible to a far greater number of people; 84000 has therefore consulted many senior Buddhist teachers on this question, and most of them felt that to publish the texts openly is, on balance, the best solution. The alternatives would be not to translate them at all (which would defeat the purposes of the whole project), or to place some sort of restriction on their access. Restricted access has been tried by some Buddhist book publishers, and of course needs a system of administration, judgment, and policing that is either a mere formality, or is very difficult to implement. It would be even harder to implement in the case of electronic texts—and even easier to circumvent. Indeed, nowadays practically the whole range of traditionally restricted Tibetan Buddhist material is already available to anyone who looks for it, and is all too often misrepresented, taken out of context, or its secret and esoteric nature deliberately vaunted.

84000’s policy is to present carefully authenticated translations in their proper setting of the whole body of Buddhist sacred literature, and to trust the good sense of the vast majority of readers not to misuse or misunderstand them. Readers are reminded that according to Vajrayāna Buddhist tradition there are restrictions and commitments concerning tantra. Practitioners who are not sure if they should read translations in this section are advised to consult the authorities of their lineage. The responsibility, and hence consequences, of reading these texts and/or sharing them with others who may or may not fulfill the requirements lie in the hands of readers.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 12.09pm on Wednesday, 29th January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh686.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
tr. The Translation
+ 2 chapters- 2 chapters
1. Part 1
2. Part 2
c. Colophon
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Primary Colophon
· Tibetan Addition to the Colophon
ab. Abbreviations
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Abbreviations and sigla
· Codes in Sanskrit quotations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Primary sources (Sanskrit)
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Āryāmogha­pāśa­hṛdaya [The first part of the Amoghapāśakalparāja]
· Āryāmogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja
· Primary sources (Tibetan)
· Secondary literature
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

The Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja is an early Kriyātantra of the lotus family. Historically, it is the main and largest compendium and manual of rites dedicated to Amoghapāśa, one of Avalokiteśvara’s principal emanations, who is named after and distinguished by his “unfailing noose” (amoghapāśa). The text is primarily soteriological, with an emphasis on the general Mahāyāna values of compassion and loving kindness for all beings. It offers many interesting insights into early Buddhist ritual and the development of its terminology.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

This translation was produced by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee under the supervision of Chokyi Nyima Rinpoche. Wiesiek Mical translated the text from a complete Sanskrit manuscript and wrote the introduction. Anna Zilman compared the translation draft against the Tibetan versions found in the Degé and other editions of the Kangyur. The project is greatly indebted to Prof. Ryugen Tanemura and his team of scholars at Taisho University, Tokyo, for making available to us a copy of the Sanskrit manuscript and its transcript.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

The generous sponsorship of Sun Ping, Tian Xingwen, and Sun Fanglin, which helped make the work on this translation possible, is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja (AP) is a ritual text dedicated entirely to the deity Amoghapāśa, a form of Avalokiteśvara who appears in both peaceful and wrathful iconographies. He is sometimes referred to in the text as Avalokiteśvara-Amoghapāśa, as the two are considered identical. One could perhaps say that Amoghapāśa is distilled from Avalokiteśvara, with certain qualities of the latter being enhanced in the former, in particular his “unfailing” (amogha) ability to rescue beings drowning in the ocean of saṃsāra by means of his namesake “noose” (pāśa). The form of Amoghapāśa who, in addition to a noose, holds a goad is similarly called Amoghāṅkuśa (Unfailing Goad). As is true of the Kriyātantras in general, the names of Amoghapāśa apply equally to the mantras that correspond to the different deities. Thus, in the AP we find mantras that include expanded or paraphrased renderings of the name Amoghapāśa, depending on the specific form and function of the deity, such as Amoghāvalokita­pāśa (Amogha-Gaze-Noose), Amoghavilokita (Amogha-Gaze), or Adbhutāvalokitāmogha (Wondrous-Amogha-Gaze).


Text Body

The Translation

1.

Part 1

[V92] [B1] [A.1.b] [Ti.14] [F.1.b]


1.­1

Homage to all the buddhas and bodhisattvas! Homage to Noble Avalokiteśvara, the great bodhisattva being!


Thus did I hear at one time. The Blessed One stayed on Potala Mountain, in the palace of Avalokiteśvara adorned with various trees such as sal, tamāla, campaka, aśoka, and atimuktaka.13 He stayed there together with the congregation of eight thousand monks,14 surrounded and attended upon by nine hundred and ninety quadrillion crores of bodhisattvas and many hundreds of thousands of gods of the Pure Abode. He was explaining the Dharma, chiefly to the gods such as Īśvara, Maheśvara, and Brahmā. [F.2.a]


2.

Part 2

2.­1

Noble Avalokiteśvara,80 the great bodhisattva being, rose from his seat, draped his upper garment over one shoulder, knelt with his right knee on the ground, and bowed with folded hands in the direction of the Blessed One, whose body blazed with thousands of light rays of different colors, bright as the sun. [F.7.a] He smiled, his face resembling the orb of the full moon, and, reflecting on the power of loving kindness and compassion, he addressed the Blessed One for the benefit of and to show compassion to the members of the four castes and for the sake of obtaining all the supreme accomplishments of vidyā holders, such as the accomplishments of the true nature, and obtaining the boons that these accomplishments bestow.


c.

Colophon

Primary Colophon

c.­1

The Tathāgata has explained the causes of those dharmas that arise based on causes. The great monk also explained that which constitutes their cessation.2965

This excellent Dharma teaching should be presented to the followers of Mahāyāna.2966 [F.57.b]

Tibetan Addition to the Colophon

c.­2

Following the text’s primary colophon, a lengthy colophon was added by later redactors of the Tibetan translation to describe how an initial version of the translation was emended and improved based on a more complete Sanskrit manuscript. No attempt has been made here to match the sections listed in the Tibetan colophon with the Sanskrit manuscript used for this translation, and we have not aligned the phrasing of the Tibetan with the extant Sanskrit translated above. This was done for the sake of preserving this unique colophon as written. It reads:

c.­3

This text was apportioned to and translated by four learned translators of the past, but because there were omissions throughout the text and because the concluding chapters were missing, the omissions were later incorporated and the concluding chapters translated with the encouragement of the great Kālacakra master Chödrak Pel Sangpo based on a Sanskrit manuscript he had acquired. In book 10,2967 material was added beginning with the words “it can accomplish the goal of any activity” and ending with “perform the mantra recitation excellently.” In book 12, material was added beginning with the words “moreover, Blessed One, for the sake of the distinctive purpose” and ending with “the body of the vidyā holder will blaze.” In book 13, material was added beginning with the words “by merely hearing this maṇḍala rite” and ending with “excavate an area the size of a human.” In book 14, material was added beginning with the words “incant lotus, water, and mustard seeds” and ending with “wash with a white cloth.” At the transition to book 15, material was added beginning with the words “eight silver vessels” and ending with “in all other types of places he will perform any tasks he sets his mind to.” At the break between books 16 and 17, material was added beginning with the words “now I will teach the homa procedure” and ending with “the mudrā rite and the rite for practice.” Finally, at the break between what was called book 17 and book 18, material was added beginning with “now I will teach a maṇḍala rite that involves continuous recitation” and ending with “the homa will release the light rays of the protector of the world.” These omissions were rectified, and the conclusion completed by the Śākya monk Rinchen Drup. The scribe was the accomplished Yoga practitioner Pel Sangpo. The text starting with “all goddesses everywhere” up to “if the treasure trembles” is not in the Sanskrit manuscript. May this be of benefit to all wandering beings!


ab.

Abbreviations

Abbreviations and sigla

A Sanskrit manuscript of the AP (China Library of Nationalities)
AP Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja
APH Amogha­pāśa­hṛdaya
F Tibetan Degé translation of the AP
T Kimura 1998 and Kimura 2015
[#] Mantra numbers in Kimura 1998
[B] Bampo

Codes in Sanskrit quotations

° (ring above) truncated text
• (middle dot) lack of sandhi or partial sandhi

n.

Notes

n.­1
A deity mantra, regarded as the heart essence of the deity, is “coextensive” with the mind. Cf. the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa (Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans., The Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī [Toh 543], 38.43–38.44): “The mantra is coextensive with the mind / And never separate from the mind. / One who employs the mantra, / Blending it with the mind, will succeed.”
n.­2
The first chapter, at the time an independent work called Amogha­pāśa­hṛdaya­sūtra, was translated into Chinese by Jñānagupta in 587 as Bukong juansuo zhou jing (不空胃索咒經 = Amogha­pāśa Dhāraṇī Sūtra, Taishō 1093). It was translated again by Xuanzang in 659 (Taishō 1094), by Bodhiruci in 693 (Taishō 1095), and by Dānapāla in the tenth century (Taishō 1099), with the titles varying slightly as Xuanzang and Bodhiruci called their translations not dhāraṇī- but hṛdaya-sūtra. The remainder of the work was translated by Bodhiruci from 707–9 as Bukong juansuo shenbian zhenyan jing (不空胃索神變真吉經 = Amoghapāśa Supernatural Display Mantra Sūtra, Taishō 1092); however, this Chinese version diverges significantly from the Sanskrit manuscript and Tibetan translation (Toh 686) that have been used in our translation.
n.­3
The mantra taught repeatedly is numbered in the text as 1, 167, and 310. The differences between these three are small enough to be safely dismissed as inevitable scribal corruptions. Mantra 256 is the same mantra with minor adaptations to make it into a mantra of Padmoṣṇīṣa. Mantra 168 is again the same mantra, this time much shortened and made into a mantra of Krodharāja that serves as a mantra of consecration.
n.­4
Like other Kriyātantras, the AP recognizes four tathāgata families: the tathāgata, lotus (padma), vajra, and jewel (maṇi) families. Alternative classifications in this group of tantras mention six, seven, or eight families, sometimes with a stipulation that the number of families is, in fact, infinite.
n.­5
Uṣṇīṣa deities, such as the celestial tathāgatas or cakravartin deities, are inaccessible to ordinary senses. They are sometimes described as emanating from the uṣṇīṣa of the Buddha, and they themselves are depicted with an uṣṇīṣa on their head, signifying complete and perfect buddhahood.
n.­6
Some of these terms and phrases could be unique to the AP, but this could only be ascertained after a comprehensive study of all Kriyātantras. The Kriyātantras are the least studied genre of Buddhist tantric literature, despite being by far the largest group in terms of both number and volume.
n.­7
We use the masculine pronoun “he” to reflect the masculine gender of vidyādhara, the term referring to the practitioner. The feminine form would be vidyādharī.
n.­8
This undated manuscript was written in the Māgadhī script, possibly in Nepal, and appears to be not more than a few hundred years old. It was once kept at the Shalu (zhwa lu) monastery in Tibet, where it was discovered by the Indian scholar Rāhula Sāṅkṛtyāyana in 1936 and described in his Second Search of Sanskrit Palm-Leaf Mss. in Tibet (see Sāṅkṛtyāyana 1937, p. 42, entry 29). It was later appropriated by the government of China and is now held at the China Library of Nationalities (中国民族図書館) in Beijing.
n.­13
These tree species could be, respectively, Shorea robusta, Garcinia xanthochymus, Michelia champaka, Jonesia asoka, and Dalbergia oojeinensis.
n.­14
The Tib. reads “one hundred thousand.”
n.­80
The Tib. text includes an homage at the beginning of this part: “Homage to the entire vast ocean of tathāgatas.”
n.­2965
Skt. ye dharmā hetu­prabhavā hetuṃ teṣāṃ tathāgato hy avadat | teṣāṃ ca yo nirodha evaṃ­vādī mahā­śramaṇaḥ || This statement, customary at the end of written works, is missing from the Tib.
n.­2966
This last sentence was likely added by the scribe of the extant manuscript. It is not found in the Tib. translation.
n.­2967
“Books” are marked in the above translation with [B#].

b.

Bibliography

Primary sources (Sanskrit)

Āryāmogha­pāśa­hṛdaya [The first part of the Amoghapāśakalparāja]

Kimura, Takayasu, ed. (1979). “Āryāmogha­pāśa­nāma­hṛdayaṃ Mahāyāna­sūtram.” Taisho Daigaku Sogo Bukkyo Kenkyujo Kiyo 1 (1979): 1–15.

Āryāmogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja

Manuscript no. 69 in the Catalogue of Sanskrit Palm-Leaf Manuscripts Preserved in the China Library of Nationalities. Beijing.

Kimura, Takayasu et al., eds. (1998–2011). “Transcribed Sanskrit Text of the Amoghapāśakalparāja.” Taishō Daigaku Sōgō Bukkyō Kenkyūjo Nenpō (大正大學綜合佛教研究所年報) [parts 1–7:] 20 (1998): 1–58; 21 (1999): 81–128; 22 (2000): 1–64; 26 (2004): 120–83; 32 (2010): 170–207; (2011): 32–64.

Kimura, Takayasu et al., eds. (2015–17). “Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja: A Preliminary Edition and Annotated Japanese Translation.” Taishō Daigaku Sōgō Bukkyō Kenkyūjo Nenpō (大正大學綜合佛教研究所年報) [parts 1–3:] 37 (2015): 41–68; 38 (2016): 95–126; 39 (2017): 79–97.

不空羂索神變眞言經 (Bukong juansuo shenbian zhenyan jing). [Facsimile edition of the manuscript owned by the China Library of Nationalities, Beijing.] Tokyo: Taisho University, 1997.

Primary sources (Tibetan)

don yod pa’i zhags pa’i cho ga zhib mo’i rgyal po (Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja). Toh 686, Degé Kangyur vol. 92 (rgyud, ma), folios 1.b–316.a; vol. 93 (rgyud, tsa), folios 1.b–57.b.

don yod pa’i zhags pa’i cho ga zhib mo’i rgyal po. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–9, vol. 92, pp. 3–928.

don yod zhags pa’i snying po (Amogha­pāśa­hṛdaya­sūtra). Toh 682, Degé Kangyur vol. 106 (rgyud, ba), folios 1.b–515.b.

’jam dpal gyi rtsa ba’i rgyud (Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa). Toh 543, Degé Kangyur vol. 88 (rgyud ’bum, na), folios 88.a–334.a (in 1737 par phud printing); 105.a–351.a (in later printings). English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee 2020.

ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po (Samādhirāja). Toh 127, Degé Kangyur vol. 55 (mdo sde, da), folios 1.b–170.b. English translation in Roberts 2018.

sdong po bkod pa (Gaṇḍavyūha). Toh 44, ch. 45, Degé Kangyur vol. 37 (phal chen, ga), folios 274.b–336.a; vol. 38 (phal chen, a), folios 1.b–363.a. English translation in Roberts 2021.

mdzangs blun gyi mdo (Damamūkasūtra). Toh 341, Degé Kangyur vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 129.a–298.a.

Secondary literature

Barua, Ankur, and M. A. Basilio. Amoghapāśa: The Bodhisattva of Compassion. Riga: VDM Verlag Dr. Müller, 2010.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. The Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī (Toh 543, Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2020.

Meisezahl, R. O., ed. and trans. “The Amoghapasahrdaya-Dharani. The Early Sanskrit Manuscript of the Reiunji Critically Edited and Translated.” Monumenta Nipponica 17, no. 1/4 (1962): 265–328.

Monier-Williams, Monier. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary: Etymologically and Philologically Arranged with Special Reference to Cognate Indo-European Languages. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 2005.

Otsuka, Nobuo et al. 『不空羂索神変真言経楚文写本影印版』序 [Introduction to the Facsimile Edition of the Amoghapāśakalparāja Sanskrit Palm-Leaf Manuscript]. Includes a summary in English. Tokyo: The Institute for Comprehensive Studies of Buddhism, Taisho University, 1997.

Pal, Pratapaditya. “The Iconography of Amoghapāśa Lokeśvara.” Oriental Art 7, no. 4 (1966): 234–39.

Reis-Habito, Maria. “The Amoghapāśa Kalparāja Sūtra: A Historical and Analytical Study.” Studies in Central and East Asian Religions 11 (1999): 39–67.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2018). The King of Samādhis Sūtra (Toh 127, Samādhi­rāja­sūtra). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2021). The Stem Array (Toh 44-45, Gaṇḍavyūha). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Sāṅkṛtyāyana, Rāhula. “Second Search of Sanskrit Palm-Leaf Mss. in Tibet.” Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society 23, no. 1 (1937): 1–57.

Shinohara, Koichi. Spells, Images, and Maṇḍalas: Tracing the Evolution of Esoteric Buddhist Rituals. New York: Columbia University Press, 2014.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Abhirati

Wylie:
  • mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhirati

“Intensely Pleasurable,” the paradise of Akṣobhya.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1035
  • 2.­1195
  • 2.­1475
  • 2.­1506
  • g.­12
g.­2

accomplishment

Wylie:
  • dngos grub
  • grub pa
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་གྲུབ།
  • གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhi

A magical power or accomplishment; any accomplishment in general.

Located in 253 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­18
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­18-19
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­123-124
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­164-165
  • 2.­176
  • 2.­179-180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­186
  • 2.­201
  • 2.­213
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­229-231
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­299
  • 2.­316
  • 2.­352
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­357
  • 2.­402
  • 2.­406-407
  • 2.­418
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­451
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­540-541
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­641
  • 2.­643-645
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­650
  • 2.­693
  • 2.­695
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­715-716
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­746
  • 2.­750
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­798
  • 2.­815
  • 2.­841
  • 2.­855-858
  • 2.­868
  • 2.­874
  • 2.­876-877
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­896-897
  • 2.­900-901
  • 2.­910
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­957
  • 2.­961-962
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­993
  • 2.­1030
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1113
  • 2.­1126
  • 2.­1139-1140
  • 2.­1142
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1166-1167
  • 2.­1172-1173
  • 2.­1177-1178
  • 2.­1182-1184
  • 2.­1190
  • 2.­1193
  • 2.­1197
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1253
  • 2.­1263
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1288-1289
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1314
  • 2.­1320
  • 2.­1327
  • 2.­1370
  • 2.­1377
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1389
  • 2.­1391
  • 2.­1394
  • 2.­1415-1417
  • 2.­1431-1432
  • 2.­1439-1440
  • 2.­1443
  • 2.­1451
  • 2.­1468-1469
  • 2.­1486-1488
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1518-1519
  • 2.­1521-1522
  • 2.­1527
  • 2.­1530
  • 2.­1550
  • 2.­1553-1554
  • 2.­1568
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1625
  • 2.­1627
  • 2.­1645
  • 2.­1651
  • 2.­1656-1657
  • 2.­1660
  • 2.­1666
  • 2.­1676-1677
  • 2.­1687
  • 2.­1689
  • 2.­1693-1694
  • 2.­1699
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1713
  • 2.­1732
  • 2.­1742-1745
  • 2.­1752
  • 2.­1754-1755
  • 2.­1764
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1771
  • 2.­1791
  • 2.­1794-1796
  • 2.­1798
  • 2.­1800
  • 2.­1817
  • 2.­1823-1824
  • 2.­1827
  • 2.­1841-1842
  • 2.­1853-1854
  • 2.­1857
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1881-1886
  • 2.­1891
  • 2.­1898
  • 2.­1902-1903
  • 2.­1916
  • 2.­1923
  • 2.­1926
  • 2.­1939
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1957-1958
  • 2.­1960-1961
  • 2.­1976-1977
  • 2.­1994
  • 2.­2009
  • n.­323
  • n.­375
  • n.­378
  • n.­672
  • n.­807
  • n.­980
  • n.­984
  • n.­1041
  • n.­1048
  • n.­1546
  • n.­1923
  • n.­2079
  • n.­2118
  • n.­2228
  • n.­2442-2443
  • n.­2659
  • n.­2824
  • n.­2829
  • n.­2832
  • g.­393
g.­3

acts of immediate retribution

Wylie:
  • mtshams med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantarya

See “five acts of immediate retribution.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­1424
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1829
g.­4

Aḍakavatī

Wylie:
  • lcang lo can
Tibetan:
  • ལྕང་ལོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • aḍakavatī

The name of a city on Mount Sumeru, and the main palace in that city.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­745
g.­5

āḍhaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • āḍhaka

A unit of weight equal to seven or eight pounds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1696
  • g.­332
g.­6

Āditya

Wylie:
  • nyi ma
  • A di t+ya
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ།
  • ཨཱ་དི་ཏྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • āditya

Another name of Sūrya, the god of the sun, or the sun personified.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­160
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1208
  • 2.­1278
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1549
g.­7

affliction

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
  • nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote.

Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­148
  • 2.­175
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­201
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­1017-1018
  • 2.­1062
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1108
  • 2.­1307
  • 2.­1374
  • 2.­1439
  • 2.­1455
  • 2.­1658
  • 2.­1713
  • 2.­1766
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1841
  • 2.­1853
  • 2.­1860
  • 2.­1961
  • 2.­1969
  • 2.­1976
  • g.­145
  • g.­502
g.­8

Agni

Wylie:
  • me lha
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • agni

The god of fire.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­426
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­891
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1265
  • n.­638
  • n.­643
  • n.­1503
  • g.­174
g.­9

Airāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • airāvaṇa

The elephant of Indra (also called Airāvata).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1708
  • n.­1471
g.­10

Ajagara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • ajagara

Literally “goat devourer,” ajagara is the name of a mythical snake or the Sanskrit term for a boa constrictor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1702
g.­11

Akaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

The highest of the heavens.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­293
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1316
  • n.­1531
g.­12

Akṣobhya

Wylie:
  • mi ’khrugs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • akṣobhya

The tathāgata who dwells in the eastern realm of Abhirati.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1185
  • 2.­1506
  • g.­1
g.­13

Amitābha

Wylie:
  • ’od dpag med
Tibetan:
  • འོད་དཔག་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • amitābha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The buddha of the western buddhafield of Sukhāvatī, where fortunate beings are reborn to make further progress toward spiritual maturity. Amitābha made his great vows to create such a realm when he was a bodhisattva called Dharmākara. In the Pure Land Buddhist tradition, popular in East Asia, aspiring to be reborn in his buddha realm is the main emphasis; in other Mahāyāna traditions, too, it is a widespread practice. For a detailed description of the realm, see The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī, Toh 115. In some tantras that make reference to the five families he is the tathāgata associated with the lotus family.

Amitābha, “Infinite Light,” is also known in many Indian Buddhist works as Amitāyus, “Infinite Life.” In both East Asian and Tibetan Buddhist traditions he is often conflated with another buddha named “Infinite Life,” Aparimitāyus, or “Infinite Life and Wisdom,”Aparimitāyurjñāna, the shorter version of whose name has also been back-translated from Tibetan into Sanskrit as Amitāyus but who presides over a realm in the zenith. For details on the relation between these buddhas and their names, see The Aparimitāyurjñāna Sūtra (1) Toh 674, i.9.

Located in 86 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­12
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­339-341
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­352
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­356
  • 2.­535
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­549
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­696-697
  • 2.­703-704
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­741
  • 2.­805
  • 2.­853
  • 2.­890-891
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­982
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1025
  • 2.­1036-1037
  • 2.­1048
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1060
  • 2.­1070
  • 2.­1115
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1169
  • 2.­1183
  • 2.­1294
  • 2.­1307
  • 2.­1311
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1423
  • 2.­1430
  • 2.­1451
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1506
  • 2.­1568
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1646
  • 2.­1648
  • 2.­1653
  • 2.­1666
  • 2.­1680-1681
  • 2.­1714-1715
  • 2.­1732
  • 2.­1867
  • 2.­1877
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1903
  • 2.­1940-1941
  • 2.­1944
  • n.­552
  • n.­779
  • n.­888
  • n.­926
  • n.­1043
  • n.­1049
  • n.­1457
  • n.­1543
  • n.­2426
  • n.­2445
  • g.­14
  • g.­414
g.­14

Amitāyus

Wylie:
  • tshe dpag med
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དཔག་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • amitāyus

A celestial tathāgata closely connected with and often regarded as identical with Amitābha. The two, however, have a different iconographic form.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­357
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­1176
  • 2.­1423
  • 2.­1617
  • 2.­1656
g.­15

amogha

Wylie:
  • don yod pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha

The quality of being unfailing, and also the unfailing quality of Avalokiteśvara and the deities related to him, such as Amoghapāśa; in the latter sense, the term can appear before nouns in much the same way as “vajra,” when used adjectivally or adverbially.

Located in 406 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­4
  • i.­11
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­13
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­30-31
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­36-39
  • 2.­41-44
  • 2.­47-48
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­60-66
  • 2.­68
  • 2.­70-74
  • 2.­76-78
  • 2.­82-86
  • 2.­88-89
  • 2.­102
  • 2.­107
  • 2.­114
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­134-139
  • 2.­144-145
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­159-160
  • 2.­164-169
  • 2.­174
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­201
  • 2.­219-220
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­235
  • 2.­244
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­308
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­352-353
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­357
  • 2.­359-360
  • 2.­368
  • 2.­375-376
  • 2.­405-407
  • 2.­418
  • 2.­420
  • 2.­429-431
  • 2.­434-435
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­467-468
  • 2.­471
  • 2.­473-474
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­607-608
  • 2.­650
  • 2.­652
  • 2.­657
  • 2.­663
  • 2.­670
  • 2.­685
  • 2.­691
  • 2.­693
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­736-738
  • 2.­746
  • 2.­748
  • 2.­750
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­788-789
  • 2.­792
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­798
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­853-855
  • 2.­860
  • 2.­871-872
  • 2.­876-878
  • 2.­882-885
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­901
  • 2.­926
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­942
  • 2.­950-952
  • 2.­961
  • 2.­963
  • 2.­970-975
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­989-990
  • 2.­1012
  • 2.­1030
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1058-1060
  • 2.­1063
  • 2.­1068
  • 2.­1073
  • 2.­1075
  • 2.­1077-1083
  • 2.­1086-1089
  • 2.­1091
  • 2.­1093-1103
  • 2.­1106
  • 2.­1111-1113
  • 2.­1126
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1171-1172
  • 2.­1175-1177
  • 2.­1189
  • 2.­1197-1198
  • 2.­1253
  • 2.­1255
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1289
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1314-1315
  • 2.­1320
  • 2.­1328-1329
  • 2.­1331
  • 2.­1335
  • 2.­1341
  • 2.­1353
  • 2.­1356
  • 2.­1369-1370
  • 2.­1385
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1405-1406
  • 2.­1409
  • 2.­1412
  • 2.­1414
  • 2.­1421
  • 2.­1439-1440
  • 2.­1450-1451
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1455
  • 2.­1464
  • 2.­1468-1469
  • 2.­1483
  • 2.­1487
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1502
  • 2.­1508
  • 2.­1512
  • 2.­1515
  • 2.­1519
  • 2.­1523
  • 2.­1527
  • 2.­1547
  • 2.­1569
  • 2.­1613
  • 2.­1615
  • 2.­1625-1626
  • 2.­1650
  • 2.­1652
  • 2.­1657
  • 2.­1671
  • 2.­1692-1693
  • 2.­1695
  • 2.­1744-1745
  • 2.­1752
  • 2.­1760
  • 2.­1764
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1770
  • 2.­1776
  • 2.­1780
  • 2.­1783-1787
  • 2.­1791
  • 2.­1794
  • 2.­1796
  • 2.­1799
  • 2.­1818-1819
  • 2.­1828
  • 2.­1835-1836
  • 2.­1838
  • 2.­1842-1844
  • 2.­1861-1862
  • 2.­1864
  • 2.­1868
  • 2.­1872-1873
  • 2.­1876
  • 2.­1880-1881
  • 2.­1883
  • 2.­1886
  • 2.­1888-1891
  • 2.­1893
  • 2.­1907
  • 2.­1909-1910
  • 2.­1915-1916
  • 2.­1919
  • 2.­1926-1928
  • 2.­1932
  • 2.­1938
  • 2.­1968
  • 2.­1972
  • 2.­1975-1977
  • 2.­1982-1983
  • 2.­1985
  • 2.­1987-1991
  • 2.­1993-1996
  • 2.­1998-2006
  • n.­91
  • n.­129
  • n.­131
  • n.­137
  • n.­163
  • n.­272
  • n.­334
  • n.­378
  • n.­672
  • n.­698
  • n.­703
  • n.­718-719
  • n.­1111
  • n.­1294
  • n.­1305
  • n.­1307
  • n.­1414-1416
  • n.­1418
  • n.­1573
  • n.­1668
  • n.­1686
  • n.­1693
  • n.­1924
  • n.­1971
  • n.­2079
  • n.­2118
  • n.­2262
  • n.­2424
  • n.­2654
  • n.­2695
  • n.­2721-2722
  • n.­2783
  • n.­2792
  • n.­2807
  • n.­2828
  • n.­2853
  • n.­2855
  • n.­2857
  • n.­2861
  • n.­2882
  • n.­2929
  • n.­2943
  • g.­22
  • g.­23
  • g.­26
  • g.­484
g.­16

Amogha

Wylie:
  • don yod pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha

This seems to be a short form of Amoghapāśa, or perhaps an epithet of Avalokiteśvara emphasizing the “unfailing” aspect of his activity.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­11
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­209
  • 2.­218
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­655
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­1110
  • 2.­1290
  • n.­386
  • n.­1299
g.­17

Amogha-Ocean-Like Immaculate Splendor with the Gaze of the Great Holder of the Jewel and the Lotus

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i rgya mtsho’i nor bu chen po pad+ma la rnam par blta ba’i dpal dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ནོར་བུ་ཆེན་པོ་པདྨ་ལ་རྣམ་པར་བལྟ་བའི་དཔལ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­sāgara­mahā­maṇi­padma­vilokita­śrī­vimala

The name of a lotus king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­741
g.­18

Amoghakrodha

Wylie:
  • a mo g+ha kro d+ha
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་ཀྲོ་དྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghakrodha

Another paraphrase of the name Amogha­krodha­rāja, usually referred to simply as Krodharāja.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1980
g.­19

Amogha­krodhāṅkuśa

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i khro bo lcags kyu
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཁྲོ་བོ་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­krodhāṅkuśa

Seems to be an elaboration of the name Krodhāṅkuśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1722
g.­20

Amogha­krodha­rāja

Wylie:
  • don yod khro bo’i rgyal po
  • don yod pa’i rgyal po khro bo
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་ཁྲོ་བོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ཁྲོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­krodha­rāja

Another name for the wrathful aspect of Amoghapāśa, usually referred to simply as Krodharāja.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­298
  • 2.­735
  • n.­1061
  • g.­18
  • g.­37
  • g.­208
g.­21

Amoghakṣānti

Wylie:
  • a mo g+ha k+ShA na ti
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་ཀྵཱ་ན་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghakṣānti

Amoghakṣānti (“Unfailing Forbearance”) seems to be here another epithet of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1057
g.­22

Amogha­maṇi­padma­pāśa

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i nor bu’i pad+ma zhags pa
  • don yod pa’i zhags pa’i nor bu pad+ma
  • don yod pa nor bu pad+ma’i zhags pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ནོར་བུའི་པདྨ་ཞགས་པ།
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པའི་ནོར་བུ་པདྨ།
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་ནོར་བུ་པདྨའི་ཞགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­maṇi­padma­pāśa

The name of a dhāraṇī, referring to the deity Amoghapāśa. When amogha and pāśa are separated by maṇipadma, the phrase evokes the image of Avalokiteśvara holding a jeweled rosary and a lotus.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1915-1916
  • 2.­1919
  • n.­2857
  • n.­2861
g.­23

Amoghāṅkuśa

Wylie:
  • don yod lcags kyu
  • a mo g+hAM ku sha
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷཱཾ་ཀུ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghāṅkuśa

The name of one of the emanations (“Unfailing Goad”) of Avalokiteśvara. Also, the name of a dhāraṇī mantra that is referred to in the text as “the heart dhāraṇī of precious amogha offerings.”

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 2.­451
  • 2.­474-475
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­1709
  • 2.­1864
  • 2.­1888
  • 2.­1910
  • 2.­1915
  • 2.­1927
  • 2.­1947
  • 2.­1959
  • 2.­1963-1964
  • 2.­1979
  • 2.­2008
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­2722
  • n.­2828
  • n.­2908
  • n.­2962
  • g.­34
  • g.­50
g.­24

Amoghāṅkuśa­krodha­rāja

Wylie:
  • khro bo’i rgyal po don yod lcags kyu
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་དོན་ཡོད་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghāṅkuśa­krodha­rāja

Seems to be an elaboration of the name Krodhāṅkuśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1719
g.­25

Amoghāṅkuśī

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i lcags kyu
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghāṅkuśī

A goddess associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1943
g.­26

Amoghapadma

Wylie:
  • a mo g+ha pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghapadma

This seems to be another name for Amoghapāśa. However, it is often impossible to determine whether amoghapadma should be taken as a proper name or in its literal meaning of “amogha lotus.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­141
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­1072
  • 2.­1084-1085
  • n.­131
  • n.­137
  • n.­1573
g.­27

Amoghapadmā

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghapadmā

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­28

Amogha­padma­hastā

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i phyag
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­padma­hastā

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­29

Amoghapadminī

Wylie:
  • a mo g+ha pad+mi ni
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་པདྨི་ནི།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghapadminī

This seems to be another name of Amoghatārā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1386
g.­30

Amogha­padmoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • don yod pa pad+ma’i gtsug tor
  • don yod pa’i pad+ma gtsug tor
  • a mo g+ha pad+moSh+NI Sha
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་པདྨའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་པདྨ་གཙུག་ཏོར།
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་པདྨོཥྞཱི་ཥ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­padmoṣṇīṣa

“Unfailing Lotus Uṣṇīṣa,” this seems to be a highly esoteric emanation of Amoghapāśa. Here he is also called Padmoṣṇīṣa.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1173
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1181
  • 2.­1191
  • 2.­1198
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1281
  • 2.­1294
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1317
  • 2.­1381
  • n.­1699
  • n.­1796
  • n.­1802
  • n.­1821
g.­31

Amogha­padmoṣṇīṣa­pāśa

Wylie:
  • don yod pad+ma gtsug tor gyi zhags pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པདྨ་གཙུག་ཏོར་གྱི་ཞགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­padmoṣṇīṣa­pāśa

Amogha­padmoṣṇīṣa­pāśa seems to be another variant of the name Amoghapāśa-Padmoṣṇīṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1390
g.­32

Amoghapāśa

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i zhags pa
  • a mo g+ha pA sha
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པ།
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་པཱ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghapāśa

“Unfailing Noose,” an emanation of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 435 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­3-7
  • i.­10-11
  • i.­15
  • 1.­2-7
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­22
  • 2.­6-7
  • 2.­12-15
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­27-28
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­123-126
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­158
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­186
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­278-279
  • 2.­281
  • 2.­283
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­288-290
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­296-298
  • 2.­301-302
  • 2.­307
  • 2.­309
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­319
  • 2.­333
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­440
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­449-450
  • 2.­454
  • 2.­475-476
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­493
  • 2.­515
  • 2.­520-521
  • 2.­523-525
  • 2.­527-528
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­538-540
  • 2.­543-544
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­579-582
  • 2.­590
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­599
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­627
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­643
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­687
  • 2.­695
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­709-711
  • 2.­714-715
  • 2.­721-722
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­727
  • 2.­733
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­746
  • 2.­748
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­757
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­788
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­810-812
  • 2.­820
  • 2.­830-831
  • 2.­838
  • 2.­840
  • 2.­847
  • 2.­851
  • 2.­857
  • 2.­859-860
  • 2.­870-871
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­879
  • 2.­889
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­930
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­948
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­963
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1008-1010
  • 2.­1024
  • 2.­1028
  • 2.­1036
  • 2.­1043
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1051-1055
  • 2.­1071
  • 2.­1104-1105
  • 2.­1108
  • 2.­1114
  • 2.­1121
  • 2.­1125-1126
  • 2.­1131
  • 2.­1135-1136
  • 2.­1140-1141
  • 2.­1146
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1157-1158
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1164-1169
  • 2.­1171-1172
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1182-1184
  • 2.­1186-1190
  • 2.­1192-1194
  • 2.­1198-1200
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1289
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1310
  • 2.­1317
  • 2.­1321
  • 2.­1379
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1388
  • 2.­1398-1399
  • 2.­1401
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1414-1417
  • 2.­1420
  • 2.­1431
  • 2.­1436
  • 2.­1445
  • 2.­1449
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1518
  • 2.­1550
  • 2.­1564
  • 2.­1575
  • 2.­1613
  • 2.­1620
  • 2.­1648
  • 2.­1650
  • 2.­1652-1653
  • 2.­1656-1657
  • 2.­1671
  • 2.­1683
  • 2.­1687
  • 2.­1691-1692
  • 2.­1714
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1740
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1746
  • 2.­1754
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1770
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1796
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1863-1864
  • 2.­1869-1870
  • 2.­1877
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1888
  • 2.­1893
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1916
  • 2.­1918
  • 2.­1922
  • 2.­1936
  • 2.­1940
  • 2.­1946-1947
  • 2.­1958-1959
  • 2.­2010
  • n.­15
  • n.­20
  • n.­79
  • n.­91-92
  • n.­113
  • n.­131
  • n.­137
  • n.­163
  • n.­257
  • n.­267
  • n.­275
  • n.­323
  • n.­429
  • n.­456
  • n.­578
  • n.­633
  • n.­670
  • n.­680
  • n.­700
  • n.­770
  • n.­775
  • n.­785
  • n.­803-804
  • n.­809
  • n.­826
  • n.­875
  • n.­888
  • n.­983-984
  • n.­1048
  • n.­1110-1111
  • n.­1120
  • n.­1131
  • n.­1198
  • n.­1200
  • n.­1252
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1291
  • n.­1293
  • n.­1318
  • n.­1496
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1528
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1539
  • n.­1545
  • n.­1628
  • n.­1635
  • n.­1638
  • n.­1654
  • n.­1710
  • n.­1848
  • n.­1986
  • n.­1988
  • n.­1990
  • n.­2002
  • n.­2046
  • n.­2424
  • n.­2429
  • n.­2434
  • n.­2458
  • n.­2577
  • n.­2579
  • n.­2794
  • n.­2802
  • n.­2807
  • n.­2853
  • n.­2867
  • n.­2909
  • n.­2929-2930
  • g.­15
  • g.­16
  • g.­20
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­25
  • g.­26
  • g.­27
  • g.­28
  • g.­30
  • g.­31
  • g.­33
  • g.­35
  • g.­36
  • g.­38
  • g.­39
  • g.­40
  • g.­41
  • g.­44
  • g.­45
  • g.­46
  • g.­72
  • g.­73
  • g.­91
  • g.­95
  • g.­115
  • g.­123
  • g.­193
  • g.­194
  • g.­195
  • g.­204
  • g.­205
  • g.­208
  • g.­215
  • g.­224
  • g.­228
  • g.­236
  • g.­242
  • g.­247
  • g.­295
  • g.­296
  • g.­298
  • g.­301
  • g.­302
  • g.­303
  • g.­306
  • g.­310
  • g.­347
  • g.­350
  • g.­416
  • g.­433
  • g.­434
  • g.­439
  • g.­454
  • g.­460
  • g.­463
  • g.­470
  • g.­488
  • g.­490
g.­33

Amogha­pāśa­krodha

Wylie:
  • khro bo don yod pa’i zhags pa
  • don yod pa’i zhags pa khro bo
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པ།
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པ་ཁྲོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­pāśa­krodha

Amogha­pāśa­krodha is another paraphrase of the name of Krodharāja as the wrathful form of Amoghapāśa (Amogha­pāśa-Krodha­rāja). When the name refers specifically to the deity’s mantra, it has been translated as “Wrathful Amoghapāśa.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­648
  • 2.­709
  • n.­1319
g.­34

Amogha­pāśāṅkuśa

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i zhags pa’i lcags kyu
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པའི་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­pāśāṅkuśa

The longer version of the name Amoghāṅkuśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1008
  • 2.­1910
  • 2.­1917
g.­35

Amogha­pāśoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • don yod zhags pa’i gtsug tor
  • don yod pa’i zhags pa gtsug tor
  • don yod pa’i zhags pa’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་ཞགས་པའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པ་གཙུག་ཏོར།
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཞགས་པའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­pāśoṣṇīṣa

Possibly refers to Amoghapāśa-Padmoṣṇisa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1255
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1320
  • 2.­1396
  • n.­1848
g.­36

Amogharāja

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i rgyal po
  • a mo g+ha rA dza
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་རཱ་ཛ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogharāja

“Unfailing King” is used as an epithet of Amoghapāśa and any of his forms and is also used for some of his mantras. Arguably, it can also refer to the text of the Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja as a whole, especially in the opening paragraphs where this text is introduced.

Located in 141 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 1.­2
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­54
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­133
  • 2.­154
  • 2.­157
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­282
  • 2.­291
  • 2.­300
  • 2.­303
  • 2.­315-317
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­333-336
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­381
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­387
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­427
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­453
  • 2.­476
  • 2.­480
  • 2.­490
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­590
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­641
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­693
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­869
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­883
  • 2.­886-887
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­903
  • 2.­917
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­927
  • 2.­933
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­939-948
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1160
  • 2.­1407
  • 2.­1412
  • 2.­1427-1428
  • 2.­1437-1438
  • 2.­1460
  • 2.­1464-1466
  • 2.­1468
  • 2.­1480-1481
  • 2.­1489
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1511
  • 2.­1514
  • 2.­1523-1525
  • 2.­1531
  • 2.­1534
  • 2.­1539
  • 2.­1542
  • 2.­1555
  • 2.­1557-1560
  • 2.­1566
  • 2.­1569
  • 2.­1588
  • 2.­1595
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1623
  • 2.­1633
  • 2.­1638
  • 2.­1645-1646
  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1686-1687
  • n.­81
  • n.­255
  • n.­266
  • n.­297
  • n.­312
  • n.­610
  • n.­656
  • n.­706
  • n.­761
  • n.­1291
  • n.­1995
  • n.­2077
  • n.­2086
  • n.­2088
  • n.­2248
  • n.­2256
  • n.­2326
  • n.­2415
  • n.­2461
  • n.­2464
  • g.­310
  • g.­312
g.­37

Amogha­rāja­krodha

Wylie:
  • khro bo don yod pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་དོན་ཡོད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­rāja­krodha

Another paraphrase of the name Amogha­krodha­rāja, usually referred to simply as Krodharāja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­706
  • n.­1061
g.­38

Amoghasiddhi

Wylie:
  • grub pa don yod pa
  • a mo g+ha sid dhi
Tibetan:
  • གྲུབ་པ་དོན་ཡོད་པ།
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་སིད་དྷི།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghasiddhi

“Unfailing Success” seems to be an epithet applied to some emanations of Avalokiteśvara, especially to Amoghapāśa.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­355
  • 2.­695
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­709-710
  • 2.­714-715
  • 2.­721-722
  • 2.­727
  • 2.­729
  • 2.­788
  • 2.­830
  • n.­578
  • n.­984
  • n.­1041
  • n.­1048
  • n.­1546
  • n.­2079
g.­39

Amoghaśīla

Wylie:
  • a mo g+ha shI la
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་ཤཱི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghaśīla

Amoghaśīla (“Unfailing Morality”) seems to be a context-specific epithet of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1055
g.­40

Amoghatārā

Wylie:
  • don yod par sgrol ba
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པར་སྒྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghatārā

“Unfailing Savioress” seems to be the name of the female counterpart of Amoghapāśa and of her vidyā mantra.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1383
  • n.­1924
  • g.­29
g.­41

Amoghāvalokita­pāśa

Wylie:
  • don yod par rnam par lta ba’i zhags pa’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པར་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བའི་ཞགས་པའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghāvalokita­pāśa

Another name of Amoghapāśa, associated with a particular mantra, whose meaning implies that it is his gaze that constitutes the “unfailing” noose.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 2.­975
  • g.­43
g.­42

Amoghavilokita

Wylie:
  • don yod pa rnam par lta ba
  • a mo g+ha bi lo ki ta
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་བི་ལོ་ཀི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghavilokita

“Unfailing Gaze” seems to be a short form of Amoghavilokita­pāśa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 2.­1028
  • 2.­1056
  • 2.­1092
  • n.­1520
g.­43

Amoghavilokita­pāśa

Wylie:
  • don yod pa rnam par lta ba’i zhags pa
  • don yod par rnam par lta ba’i zhags pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བའི་ཞགས་པ།
  • དོན་ཡོད་པར་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བའི་ཞགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghavilokita­pāśa

A paraphrase of the name Amoghāvalokita­pāśa. It is also the name of a mantra. The name translates literally as “Unfailing-Gaze-Noose,” a phrase too vague to venture a definitive interpretation.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­961
  • 2.­963
  • 2.­966
  • 2.­1008
  • g.­42
g.­44

Amoghavipula

Wylie:
  • a mo g+ha bi pu la
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་བི་པུ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghavipula

“Unfailing Vastness.” Seems to be here an epithet of Avalokiteśvara/Amoghapāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­355
  • n.­578
g.­45

Amoghinī

Wylie:
  • a mo g+ha ni
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མོ་གྷ་ནི།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghinī

A goddess associated with Amoghapāśa; a goddess with the same name is also found in the Śaiva Western Kaula tradition, associated with the goddess Kubjikā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­208
g.­46

Amoghoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghoṣṇīṣa

Amoghoṣṇīṣa must be a short form of Amoghapāśa-Padmoṣṇīṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1309
g.­47

Amṛtakuṇḍalī

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi ’khyil ldan
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་འཁྱིལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtakuṇḍalī

A deity, one of the five kings of vidyās (vidyārāja).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­48

Anaupamyā

Wylie:
  • dpe med ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་མེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • anaupamyā

One of the goddesses.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1953
g.­49

añjali

Wylie:
  • thal mo sbyar ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐལ་མོ་སྦྱར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • añjali

A gesture of salutation in which the palms are joined together.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­103
  • 2.­154
  • 2.­163
  • 2.­181-183
  • 2.­186
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­235
  • 2.­282
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­892
  • 2.­1098
  • 2.­1112
  • 2.­1114
  • 2.­1317
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1616
  • 2.­1718
  • 2.­1867
  • n.­322
  • n.­386
  • n.­1621
  • n.­1937
g.­50

Aṅkuśarāja

Wylie:
  • lcags kyu’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱུའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • aṅkuśarāja

It is not clear who Aṅkuśarāja is; this could be a name variant of Amoghāṅkuśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­464
g.­51

Apalāla

Wylie:
  • sog ma med
Tibetan:
  • སོག་མ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • apalāla

A rākṣasa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­52

apasmāra

Wylie:
  • brjed byed
Tibetan:
  • བརྗེད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • apasmāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings believed to cause epilepsy, fits, and loss of memory. As their name suggests‍—the Skt. apasmāra literally means “without memory” and the Tib. brjed byed means “causing forgetfulness”‍—they are defined by the condition they cause in affected humans, and the term can refer to any nonhuman being that causes such conditions, whether a bhūta, a piśāca, or other.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­16
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­479
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­533
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1134
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1226
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1272
  • 2.­1378
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1589
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1711
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1832
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1895
g.­53

apsaras

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • apsaras

A celestial nymph.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­304
  • 2.­309
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­1150
  • 2.­1251
  • 2.­1852
  • n.­513
g.­54

ardhaparyaṅka

Wylie:
  • skyil mo krung
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱིལ་མོ་ཀྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ardhaparyaṅka

There are two versions of ardhaparyaṅka posture: the first is sitting with one foot drawn in and the other extended, and the second is dancing. Wrathful deities, such as Krodharāja, tend to assume the latter. In this posture the deity is standing on the tips of their toes with their left leg slightly bent, while the right leg, with the knee pointing to the right, kicks upward to the height of the left knee.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­585
  • 2.­892
  • 2.­1940-1943
  • n.­2540
  • n.­2567
g.­55

argha

Wylie:
  • mchod yon
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་ཡོན།
Sanskrit:
  • argha

The offering consisting mainly of water for washing the feet, washing the hands, or rinsing the mouth, which is offered to a guest (or a summoned deity) to welcome them or bid them farewell.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­295
  • 2.­332
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­426
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­470
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­562
  • 2.­602
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­710
  • 2.­732-734
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­794
  • 2.­835
  • 2.­894
  • 2.­902
  • 2.­904
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­1026
  • 2.­1094
  • 2.­1120
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1138
  • 2.­1297
  • 2.­1302
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1344
  • 2.­1419
  • 2.­1447
  • 2.­1464
  • 2.­1466
  • 2.­1491
  • 2.­1513
  • 2.­1526
  • 2.­1622
  • 2.­1655
  • 2.­1688
  • 2.­1720
  • 2.­1729
  • 2.­1750
  • n.­657
  • n.­1129
  • n.­1516
  • n.­2077
g.­56

āśīviṣa snake

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • āśīviṣa

A species of venomous snake.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­53
  • 2.­806
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1268
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1875
g.­57

asterism

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • nakṣatra

See “nakṣatra.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­414
  • 2.­595
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­1045
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1494
  • n.­769
  • g.­149
  • g.­342
g.­58

asura

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).

Located in 95 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­564
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­673
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­775-776
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­880
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1150-1151
  • 2.­1163-1164
  • 2.­1170
  • 2.­1219-1220
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1452
  • 2.­1484
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1544
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1759
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1797
  • 2.­1830
  • 2.­1852
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­1967
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­473
  • n.­492
  • n.­696
  • n.­798
  • n.­1095
  • n.­1159-1160
  • n.­1163
  • n.­1165
  • n.­1322
  • n.­1776
  • n.­2686
  • n.­2817
  • g.­69
  • g.­103
  • g.­171
  • g.­182
  • g.­196
  • g.­290
  • g.­345
g.­59

Aṭavaka

Wylie:
  • dz+ya Ta ba ka
Tibetan:
  • ཛྱ་ཊ་བ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • aṭavaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­783
g.­60

Avalokita

Wylie:
  • kun tu lta ba
  • a ba lo ki ta
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ལྟ་བ།
  • ཨ་བ་ལོ་ཀི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • avalokita

A two-armed lokeśvara emanation of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­128
  • 2.­352
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1668
  • n.­568
  • n.­1665
  • n.­1675
  • n.­2271
  • n.­2343
  • n.­2458
g.­61

Avalokitapadmā

Wylie:
  • spyan ras gzigs pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • avalokitapadmā

This seems to be another name of Unfailing Lotus Noose-Goad as Pure as a Lotus.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1753
  • 2.­1755
g.­62

Avalokiteśvara

Wylie:
  • spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug
  • a ba lo ki te shwa ra
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
  • ཨ་བ་ལོ་ཀི་ཏེ་ཤྭ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • avalokiteśvara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the “eight close sons of the Buddha,” he is also known as the bodhisattva who embodies compassion. In certain tantras, he is also the lord of the three families, where he embodies the compassion of the buddhas. In Tibet, he attained great significance as a special protector of Tibet, and in China, in female form, as Guanyin, the most important bodhisattva in all of East Asia.

Located in 605 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­5-6
  • 1.­1-2
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10-13
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­21
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­4-5
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­9-10
  • 2.­12-15
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­56-57
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­154
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­158
  • 2.­160-162
  • 2.­171-172
  • 2.­175
  • 2.­188
  • 2.­227-228
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­296
  • 2.­307-308
  • 2.­310-311
  • 2.­318-319
  • 2.­333-335
  • 2.­337
  • 2.­339
  • 2.­350-354
  • 2.­359-361
  • 2.­368
  • 2.­370
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­427
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­453
  • 2.­474
  • 2.­481
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­524-528
  • 2.­530
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­538-543
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­548-549
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­553-555
  • 2.­559-560
  • 2.­566-568
  • 2.­573-575
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­585-586
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­590
  • 2.­597-598
  • 2.­605-606
  • 2.­609-613
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622-623
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­627
  • 2.­629
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­646
  • 2.­649-652
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­656
  • 2.­658
  • 2.­660
  • 2.­662
  • 2.­664
  • 2.­666-668
  • 2.­670
  • 2.­672
  • 2.­674
  • 2.­676
  • 2.­678
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­682
  • 2.­684
  • 2.­686
  • 2.­688
  • 2.­690-691
  • 2.­694-696
  • 2.­699-711
  • 2.­714-719
  • 2.­721-724
  • 2.­727
  • 2.­732
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­736-737
  • 2.­739-740
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­752-755
  • 2.­757
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­779
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­792
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­801
  • 2.­809
  • 2.­811
  • 2.­819-821
  • 2.­823
  • 2.­830-831
  • 2.­839
  • 2.­847
  • 2.­849
  • 2.­851
  • 2.­855-857
  • 2.­867
  • 2.­869-870
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­880-882
  • 2.­889-893
  • 2.­896-899
  • 2.­902-903
  • 2.­905-907
  • 2.­909
  • 2.­911-912
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­917-918
  • 2.­927-928
  • 2.­930-932
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­942
  • 2.­947-948
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­958-960
  • 2.­964-967
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­975-977
  • 2.­984-985
  • 2.­987-991
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1012
  • 2.­1016-1017
  • 2.­1024-1025
  • 2.­1029
  • 2.­1037-1038
  • 2.­1040-1041
  • 2.­1043
  • 2.­1047-1048
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1053-1060
  • 2.­1063
  • 2.­1068
  • 2.­1070
  • 2.­1115
  • 2.­1119-1120
  • 2.­1125
  • 2.­1131-1133
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1142-1149
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1154-1157
  • 2.­1159-1162
  • 2.­1165
  • 2.­1167-1171
  • 2.­1173
  • 2.­1182
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1188-1190
  • 2.­1193-1195
  • 2.­1200-1201
  • 2.­1235
  • 2.­1246-1247
  • 2.­1255
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1294
  • 2.­1307-1309
  • 2.­1311-1313
  • 2.­1321
  • 2.­1369-1370
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1384
  • 2.­1399
  • 2.­1401-1403
  • 2.­1405-1408
  • 2.­1412
  • 2.­1415-1418
  • 2.­1421
  • 2.­1423
  • 2.­1425
  • 2.­1427
  • 2.­1430
  • 2.­1447
  • 2.­1449-1450
  • 2.­1460
  • 2.­1464-1466
  • 2.­1489
  • 2.­1491
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1516-1517
  • 2.­1520
  • 2.­1539
  • 2.­1569-1570
  • 2.­1575
  • 2.­1612-1614
  • 2.­1617
  • 2.­1627
  • 2.­1644
  • 2.­1646
  • 2.­1652
  • 2.­1655-1657
  • 2.­1665-1667
  • 2.­1671-1673
  • 2.­1679-1682
  • 2.­1704
  • 2.­1714-1715
  • 2.­1737-1744
  • 2.­1746
  • 2.­1751
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1759-1760
  • 2.­1771
  • 2.­1775
  • 2.­1777
  • 2.­1785
  • 2.­1787-1789
  • 2.­1791-1792
  • 2.­1796-1797
  • 2.­1806
  • 2.­1839
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1853
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1867
  • 2.­1888
  • 2.­1891-1893
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1915-1916
  • 2.­1919
  • 2.­1921-1922
  • 2.­1926-1927
  • 2.­1940
  • 2.­1942
  • 2.­2010-2011
  • n.­20
  • n.­74
  • n.­78
  • n.­92
  • n.­267
  • n.­382
  • n.­454-455
  • n.­462
  • n.­478
  • n.­541
  • n.­562
  • n.­568
  • n.­576
  • n.­578
  • n.­626
  • n.­633
  • n.­775
  • n.­789
  • n.­803
  • n.­809
  • n.­826
  • n.­828
  • n.­868
  • n.­883
  • n.­888
  • n.­901
  • n.­912
  • n.­930
  • n.­932
  • n.­983
  • n.­986
  • n.­1041
  • n.­1051
  • n.­1053-1054
  • n.­1056
  • n.­1060
  • n.­1079
  • n.­1089-1090
  • n.­1092-1094
  • n.­1115
  • n.­1170
  • n.­1284
  • n.­1293
  • n.­1295
  • n.­1309
  • n.­1311
  • n.­1313
  • n.­1343
  • n.­1434
  • n.­1440
  • n.­1502
  • n.­1528
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1539
  • n.­1653
  • n.­1662-1663
  • n.­1665
  • n.­1675
  • n.­1689
  • n.­1700
  • n.­1854-1856
  • n.­1858
  • n.­1917
  • n.­1925
  • n.­1994
  • n.­2046
  • n.­2107
  • n.­2110
  • n.­2128-2129
  • n.­2206
  • n.­2213
  • n.­2236
  • n.­2343
  • n.­2372
  • n.­2415
  • n.­2431
  • n.­2434
  • n.­2441
  • n.­2458
  • n.­2463
  • n.­2472
  • n.­2483
  • n.­2630
  • n.­2802
  • n.­2853
  • n.­2867
  • n.­2924
  • n.­2930
  • g.­15
  • g.­16
  • g.­22
  • g.­23
  • g.­32
  • g.­38
  • g.­44
  • g.­60
  • g.­72
  • g.­78
  • g.­117
  • g.­123
  • g.­168
  • g.­211
  • g.­228
  • g.­230
  • g.­243
  • g.­247
  • g.­286
  • g.­287
  • g.­294
  • g.­300
  • g.­302
  • g.­309
  • g.­327
  • g.­352
  • g.­426
  • g.­484
  • g.­491
g.­63

Avalokiteśvara­prabha

Wylie:
  • spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug gi ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག་གི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • avalokiteśvara­prabha

A tathāgata.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1037
g.­64

Avīci

Wylie:
  • mnar med pa
Tibetan:
  • མནར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avīci

The worst of the hells.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­365
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­707
  • 2.­718
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­728
  • 2.­804
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1117
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1132
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1307
  • 2.­1315
  • 2.­1370
  • 2.­1504
  • 2.­1517
  • 2.­1617
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1657
  • 2.­1721
  • 2.­1829
  • 2.­1898
  • 2.­1907
  • 2.­1947
  • 2.­1958
g.­65

awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi

The realization of truth that is nondual and beyond concepts.

Located in 114 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­62
  • 2.­158
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­318-319
  • 2.­334
  • 2.­336-337
  • 2.­367-368
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­547-548
  • 2.­553-554
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­708
  • 2.­748
  • 2.­804-805
  • 2.­812
  • 2.­854-855
  • 2.­857-859
  • 2.­862
  • 2.­866
  • 2.­868
  • 2.­870
  • 2.­884-885
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­917
  • 2.­964-965
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­992-993
  • 2.­1011
  • 2.­1013-1016
  • 2.­1022-1023
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1048
  • 2.­1051-1052
  • 2.­1056
  • 2.­1059
  • 2.­1062
  • 2.­1065
  • 2.­1071
  • 2.­1114
  • 2.­1144
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1191-1192
  • 2.­1206
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1455
  • 2.­1504-1505
  • 2.­1516
  • 2.­1551
  • 2.­1625
  • 2.­1651
  • 2.­1656
  • 2.­1736
  • 2.­1752
  • 2.­1755
  • 2.­1774
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1826
  • 2.­1858
  • 2.­1882
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1903
  • 2.­1908
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1958
  • 2.­1960
  • 2.­2009
  • n.­1280
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1816
  • n.­2103
  • n.­2166
  • n.­2839
  • g.­79
  • g.­147
  • g.­177
  • g.­334
  • g.­387
  • g.­422
g.­66

Bala

Wylie:
  • stobs can
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • bala

The name of several minor deities.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1395
g.­67

Baladeva

Wylie:
  • stobs kyi lha
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཀྱི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • baladeva

A nāga king.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­783
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1532
g.­68

bali

Wylie:
  • gtor ma
Tibetan:
  • གཏོར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bali

An offering of food; unlike homa, bali is not offered into the fire but is placed on the altar and later eaten or distributed.

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­19
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­96
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­423
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­470
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­602
  • 2.­658-659
  • 2.­683
  • 2.­713
  • 2.­732
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­794
  • 2.­819
  • 2.­836
  • 2.­902
  • 2.­918
  • 2.­930
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­939
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­1003-1004
  • 2.­1027
  • 2.­1091-1092
  • 2.­1106-1107
  • 2.­1124
  • 2.­1129-1130
  • 2.­1138
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1242
  • 2.­1297-1304
  • 2.­1322
  • 2.­1346-1347
  • 2.­1435-1436
  • 2.­1464
  • 2.­1491
  • 2.­1513
  • 2.­1526
  • 2.­1561
  • 2.­1569
  • 2.­1593-1594
  • 2.­1602
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1612
  • 2.­1622-1623
  • 2.­1631
  • 2.­1670
  • 2.­1688
  • 2.­1697
  • 2.­1700
  • 2.­1728-1730
  • 2.­1750
  • 2.­1863
  • 2.­1915
  • 2.­1954
  • 2.­1956
  • 2.­1975
  • 2.­2004
  • n.­636
  • n.­1144
  • n.­1242
  • n.­1482
  • n.­1484
  • n.­1486
  • n.­1595
  • n.­1728
  • n.­1746
  • n.­1841-1842
  • n.­2049
  • n.­2900
  • n.­2905
g.­69

Bali

Wylie:
  • ba lI
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • bali

An asura king defeated by Vāmana.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­775
  • n.­1159-1160
g.­70

Bhairava

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhairava

This name usually refers to the wrathful aspect of Śiva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­71

Bhargava

Wylie:
  • skal yod
Tibetan:
  • སྐལ་ཡོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhargava

A deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1549
g.­72

Bhīmā

Wylie:
  • ’jigs med
  • ’jigs byed ma
  • ’jigs ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་མེད།
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད་མ།
  • འཇིགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīmā

The name of various goddesses; one of the deities in the maṇḍala of Avalokiteśvara-Amoghapāśa and in some of the maṇḍalas of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1953
  • n.­1059
g.­73

Bhogavatī

Wylie:
  • longs spyod ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhogavatī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­74

Bhṛkuṭī

Wylie:
  • khro gnyer
  • khro gnyer bzhin
  • khro gnyer can
  • b+hr-i ku Ti
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་གཉེར།
  • ཁྲོ་གཉེར་བཞིན།
  • ཁྲོ་གཉེར་ཅན།
  • བྷྲྀ་ཀུ་ཊི།
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛkuṭī

A Buddhist goddess emanating from Tārā.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­1040
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1749
  • n.­2482
g.­75

Bhujaṅga

Wylie:
  • lag ’gro
Tibetan:
  • ལག་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhujaṅga

A deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1549
g.­76

bhūta

Wylie:
  • ’byung po
  • b+hu ta
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ།
  • བྷུ་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term in its broadest sense can refer to any being, whether human, animal, or nonhuman. However, it is often used to refer to a specific class of nonhuman beings, especially when bhūtas are mentioned alongside rākṣasas, piśācas, or pretas. In common with these other kinds of nonhumans, bhūtas are usually depicted with unattractive and misshapen bodies. Like several other classes of nonhuman beings, bhūtas take spontaneous birth. As their leader is traditionally regarded to be Rudra-Śiva (also known by the name Bhūta), with whom they haunt dangerous and wild places, bhūtas are especially prominent in Śaivism, where large sections of certain tantras concentrate on them.

Located in 117 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­17
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­127
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­190
  • 2.­197
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­321
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­441
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­451
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­489
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­495
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­697-698
  • 2.­761
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­800
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­825
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­844
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­933
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1106
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1134
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1272
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1320
  • 2.­1378
  • 2.­1389
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1452-1453
  • 2.­1459
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1479
  • 2.­1483
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1546
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1589
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1674
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1814
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1848
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1895
  • 2.­1900
  • 2.­1959
  • 2.­1967
  • n.­52
  • n.­556
  • n.­622
  • n.­782
  • n.­938
  • n.­1274
  • n.­1349
  • n.­1389
  • n.­1505
  • n.­2327
  • n.­2466
  • n.­2720
  • n.­2756
  • n.­2910
g.­77

Bindu

Wylie:
  • thigs
Tibetan:
  • ཐིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • bindu

A deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­78

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

Literally, “possessor of good fortune/blessings,” the term is translated as “Blessed One” when it refers to the Buddha Śākyamuni. When it refers to Noble Avalokiteśvara, especially when used as a form of address, it is translated as “Lord” or “Blessed Lord.”

Located in 125 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-5
  • 1.­9-11
  • 2.­1-3
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­657
  • 2.­695
  • 2.­699
  • 2.­709
  • 2.­809
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­857-860
  • 2.­863-864
  • 2.­868
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­877
  • 2.­886-887
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­958-961
  • 2.­963-964
  • 2.­966
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­986-987
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­991
  • 2.­1042-1043
  • 2.­1133
  • 2.­1136-1137
  • 2.­1139
  • 2.­1145
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1151-1152
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1157
  • 2.­1165
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1383
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1397
  • 2.­1399
  • 2.­1403-1405
  • 2.­1412
  • 2.­1416
  • 2.­1418
  • 2.­1467
  • 2.­1571
  • 2.­1596
  • 2.­1737-1738
  • 2.­1743
  • 2.­1746
  • 2.­1748-1749
  • 2.­1756
  • 2.­1759
  • 2.­1771-1772
  • 2.­1775
  • 2.­1777
  • 2.­1782
  • 2.­1784-1785
  • 2.­1788-1789
  • 2.­1845
  • 2.­1849
  • 2.­1851
  • 2.­1892
  • 2.­1910
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1921-1922
  • 2.­1925-1926
  • 2.­1932
  • 2.­1940-1944
  • c.­3
  • n.­28
  • n.­78
  • n.­169
  • n.­912
  • n.­930
  • n.­1283
  • n.­1285
  • n.­1343
  • n.­1539
  • n.­1653
  • n.­2649
  • n.­2886
  • g.­230
g.­79

bodhicitta

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi sems
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhicitta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the general Mahāyāna teachings the mind of awakening (bodhicitta) is the intention to attain the complete awakening of a perfect buddha for the sake of all beings. On the level of absolute truth, the mind of awakening is the realization of the awakened state itself.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­285
g.­80

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain perfect buddhahood, traversing the ten bodhisattva levels (daśabhūmi, sa bcu). Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. In terms of the view, they realize both the selflessness of persons and the selflessness of phenomena.

Located in 290 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-3
  • 1.­9-12
  • 1.­21
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­4-5
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­15-17
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­50
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­127
  • 2.­129-130
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­303
  • 2.­335
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­354-356
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­435-436
  • 2.­440
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­444-445
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­463
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­535
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­609-610
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­652
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­656-658
  • 2.­660
  • 2.­662
  • 2.­664
  • 2.­666
  • 2.­668
  • 2.­670
  • 2.­672
  • 2.­674
  • 2.­676
  • 2.­678
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­682
  • 2.­684
  • 2.­686
  • 2.­688
  • 2.­690
  • 2.­695-697
  • 2.­699
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­707
  • 2.­709
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­736
  • 2.­739
  • 2.­741
  • 2.­750
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­757
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­792
  • 2.­794
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­809
  • 2.­823
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­857
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­869
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­880-882
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­958-959
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­965-968
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­976
  • 2.­984-991
  • 2.­1008
  • 2.­1010-1011
  • 2.­1017-1018
  • 2.­1029
  • 2.­1045-1046
  • 2.­1050-1060
  • 2.­1063
  • 2.­1068
  • 2.­1070
  • 2.­1109
  • 2.­1111
  • 2.­1114-1115
  • 2.­1118-1119
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1142-1149
  • 2.­1154-1157
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1167-1171
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1189
  • 2.­1193
  • 2.­1200-1201
  • 2.­1206
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1315
  • 2.­1318
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1384
  • 2.­1399-1403
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1412
  • 2.­1415-1416
  • 2.­1418
  • 2.­1443
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1455-1456
  • 2.­1493
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1508
  • 2.­1520
  • 2.­1553
  • 2.­1575
  • 2.­1626-1627
  • 2.­1635
  • 2.­1650
  • 2.­1660-1661
  • 2.­1676
  • 2.­1693
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1713
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1735
  • 2.­1737
  • 2.­1739-1746
  • 2.­1755
  • 2.­1759-1760
  • 2.­1764-1766
  • 2.­1772
  • 2.­1775
  • 2.­1785
  • 2.­1791
  • 2.­1793-1797
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1840
  • 2.­1849
  • 2.­1851-1853
  • 2.­1860-1861
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1891-1892
  • 2.­1894
  • 2.­1907
  • 2.­1927
  • 2.­1960
  • 2.­1962
  • 2.­1970-1971
  • 2.­2010-2011
  • n.­78
  • n.­541
  • n.­552
  • n.­912
  • n.­1063
  • n.­1204
  • n.­1272
  • n.­1429
  • n.­1494
  • n.­1627
  • n.­2635
  • n.­2718
  • g.­62
  • g.­81
  • g.­213
  • g.­243
  • g.­250
  • g.­260
  • g.­386
  • g.­411
g.­81

bodhisattva level

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmi

In its technical usage this term, which literally means “ground” or “level,” refers to any of the ten levels of the realization of a bodhisattva.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­232
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­337
  • 2.­781
  • 2.­886
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­1011
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1117
  • 2.­1182-1191
  • 2.­1289
  • 2.­1323
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1469
  • 2.­1505
  • n.­1865
g.­82

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
  • brah+ma
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
  • བྲཧྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 114 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-2
  • 1.­13
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­194
  • 2.­218
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­354-355
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­542
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­598-599
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­623
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­655
  • 2.­685
  • 2.­697-698
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­878
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1024
  • 2.­1036
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1119
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1169
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1209
  • 2.­1218
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1311
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1408-1409
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1427
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1477
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1491
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1541
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1571
  • 2.­1575
  • 2.­1577
  • 2.­1634
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1666
  • 2.­1680
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1719
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1940
  • n.­78
  • n.­446
  • n.­887-888
  • n.­919
  • n.­1032
  • n.­1062
  • n.­1297
  • n.­1461
  • n.­1504
  • n.­1532
  • n.­1939-1940
  • n.­1994
  • n.­2198
  • n.­2574
  • g.­83
  • g.­84
  • g.­248
  • g.­293
  • g.­378
g.­83

Brahmā Sahāmpati

Wylie:
  • mi mjed kyi bdag po tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ་ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahma­sahāmpati

“Brahmā, the lord of the Sahā universe,” one of the Brahmās.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­21
g.­84

Brahmaloka

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i ’jig rten
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaloka

“World of Brahmā,” one of the high heavens.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­730
  • 2.­1457
g.­85

brahmarākṣasa

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i srin po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmarākṣasa

A brahmin reborn as a rākṣasa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­479
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1302
  • 2.­1895
g.­86

Bṛhaspati

Wylie:
  • phur bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕུར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhaspati

One of the ancient sages, the chief priest of the gods.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1634
g.­87

Buddhabala

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas stobs
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhabala

Unidentified.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­783
g.­88

Bull Mount

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vṛṣavāhana

This appears to be an epithet referring to Nandi, Śiva’s bull mount.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1702
g.­89

caitya

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • caitya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word, mchod rten, meaning “basis” or “recipient” of “offerings” or “veneration.” Pali: cetiya.

A caitya, although often synonymous with stūpa, can also refer to any site, sanctuary or shrine that is made for veneration, and may or may not contain relics.

A stūpa, literally “heap” or “mound,” is a mounded or circular structure usually containing relics of the Buddha or the masters of the past. It is considered to be a sacred object representing the awakened mind of a buddha, but the symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies throughout the Buddhist world. Stūpas continue to be erected today as objects of veneration and merit making.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 2.­303
  • 2.­847
  • 2.­993
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1120
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1505
  • 2.­1543
  • 2.­1550
  • 2.­1862
  • n.­487
  • n.­1537
  • g.­357
g.­90

cakravartin

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

An epithet for any great king, but especially those of the higher classes of beings, such as vidyādharas. When referring to a specific class of Buddhist deities, the term is left in its Sanskrit form; elsewhere the term has been translated as “wheel-turning monarch” or “emperor.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­884
  • n.­5
  • n.­517
  • g.­127
  • g.­410
  • g.­501
g.­91

Caṇḍinī

Wylie:
  • gtum mo
Tibetan:
  • གཏུམ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • caṇḍinī

A goddess in one of the maṇḍalas of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­998
g.­92

Candra

Wylie:
  • zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra

The god of the moon.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1279
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1372
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1637
  • 2.­1649
  • n.­514
  • n.­1173
  • g.­403
g.­93

Candrabhāgā

Wylie:
  • zla ba skal ldan
  • sin+du
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་སྐལ་ལྡན།
  • སིནྡུ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrabhāgā

The river Chenab (personified).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1549
g.­94

Candraprabha

Wylie:
  • zla ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • candraprabha

The name of a king who figures in Buddhist stories.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1284
  • n.­1805
g.­95

Caralā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • caralā

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­96

chāyā

Wylie:
  • grib gnon
  • grib ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་གནོན།
  • གྲིབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • chāyā

A class of demons that spoil food.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­591
  • 2.­751
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­1226
  • 2.­1378
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1879
  • n.­1127
  • n.­1141
g.­97

Chödrak Pel Sangpo

Wylie:
  • chos grags dpal bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་གྲགས་དཔལ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the two Tibetan translators of this scripture.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­12
  • c.­3
g.­98

cicca

Wylie:
  • sems bsgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་བསྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cicca

A class of malevolent spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1768
g.­99

congregation

Wylie:
  • dge ’dun
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅgha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities‍—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen‍—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­444-445
  • 2.­463
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­798
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1121
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1207-1208
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1571
  • 2.­1580
  • 2.­1583
  • 2.­1675
  • n.­2269
  • g.­379
g.­100

ḍākinī

Wylie:
  • mkha’ ’gro ma
  • phra men ma
Tibetan:
  • མཁའ་འགྲོ་མ།
  • ཕྲ་མེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ḍākinī

Unlike in tantric genres posterior to Kriyātantra where ḍākinīs can be part of the sambhogakāya pantheon, in Sūtra and Kriyātantra literatures a ḍākinī is a female spirit of a lower order.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­462
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­1134
  • 2.­1377
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1501
  • 2.­1545
  • 2.­1768
  • n.­2218
g.­101

Dakṣiṇamūrti

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • dakṣiṇamūrti

One of the peaceful forms of Śiva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­798
g.­102

Damaka

Wylie:
  • ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • damaka

A deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­103

dānava

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dānava

Another name for asuras.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­432
  • 2.­490
g.­104

Daśaratha

Wylie:
  • shing rta bcu pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་བཅུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśaratha

One of the emperors of the royal Ikṣvāku line.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1286
g.­105

deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.

Located in 101 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­321
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­358-359
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­457
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­564
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­670
  • 2.­728-729
  • 2.­742-743
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­879-880
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­897
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1042-1043
  • 2.­1118-1119
  • 2.­1133
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1150-1151
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1163-1164
  • 2.­1170
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1218
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1251
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1446
  • 2.­1452-1453
  • 2.­1458
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1635
  • 2.­1698
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1759
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1795-1797
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1836
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1852
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1894
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­1959-1960
  • 2.­1967
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­634
  • n.­1163
  • n.­1736
  • n.­2791
  • g.­58
  • g.­161
g.­106

Dhanada

Wylie:
  • dha na dA
Tibetan:
  • དྷ་ན་དཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanada

“Wealth giver,” an epithet of Kubera.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
g.­107

dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

A type of mantra that has the form of an invocation and usually includes shorter mantras.

Located in 216 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4-5
  • i.­10
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­360-361
  • 2.­364-365
  • 2.­367-368
  • 2.­375-376
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­590
  • 2.­709-711
  • 2.­722
  • 2.­727
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­810-811
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­866
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­877
  • 2.­879-880
  • 2.­882-883
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­900-901
  • 2.­937
  • 2.­969-980
  • 2.­982-987
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1011
  • 2.­1031
  • 2.­1055-1059
  • 2.­1064
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1189-1190
  • 2.­1193-1194
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1289
  • 2.­1414
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1737
  • 2.­1746
  • 2.­1760
  • 2.­1763
  • 2.­1765
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1791-1792
  • 2.­1796
  • 2.­1800
  • 2.­1819-1820
  • 2.­1822-1829
  • 2.­1831-1832
  • 2.­1835-1836
  • 2.­1839
  • 2.­1841
  • 2.­1843-1846
  • 2.­1853-1862
  • 2.­1864
  • 2.­1868-1869
  • 2.­1872
  • 2.­1876-1877
  • 2.­1880-1894
  • 2.­1896-1898
  • 2.­1900
  • 2.­1904-1905
  • 2.­1907
  • 2.­1909-1911
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1915-1917
  • 2.­1919
  • 2.­1921-1922
  • 2.­1926-1928
  • 2.­1932
  • 2.­1938
  • 2.­1946
  • 2.­1961
  • n.­2
  • n.­91
  • n.­274
  • n.­586
  • n.­875
  • n.­1046
  • n.­1111
  • n.­1131
  • n.­1299
  • n.­1319
  • n.­1402
  • n.­1407
  • n.­1412
  • n.­1414-1415
  • n.­1429
  • n.­1431
  • n.­1439
  • n.­1442
  • n.­1449
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1553
  • n.­1666
  • n.­1680
  • n.­1767
  • n.­2630
  • n.­2696-2697
  • n.­2702-2703
  • n.­2712
  • n.­2721-2722
  • n.­2783
  • n.­2792
  • n.­2795
  • n.­2807
  • n.­2815
  • n.­2827-2828
  • n.­2830
  • n.­2839
  • n.­2847
  • n.­2851
  • n.­2853
  • n.­2857-2859
  • n.­2861-2863
  • n.­2907
  • g.­22
  • g.­23
g.­108

dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The Buddha’s teaching or any religion, doctrine, law, religious duty, or the like; it also refers to a phenomenon, quality, or mental object.

Located in 118 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­9
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­129-132
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­295-296
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­332
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­349-350
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­599
  • 2.­657
  • 2.­659
  • 2.­661
  • 2.­681
  • 2.­687
  • 2.­689
  • 2.­707
  • 2.­710
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­741
  • 2.­778
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­803-807
  • 2.­823
  • 2.­841
  • 2.­856
  • 2.­880
  • 2.­885
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­917
  • 2.­964
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­974
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­979
  • 2.­985-986
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1005
  • 2.­1013-1014
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1025
  • 2.­1027
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1046-1047
  • 2.­1116-1117
  • 2.­1132
  • 2.­1248
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1430
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1470
  • 2.­1504
  • 2.­1517
  • 2.­1551
  • 2.­1553-1554
  • 2.­1625
  • 2.­1656
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1721
  • 2.­1736
  • 2.­1771
  • 2.­1798
  • 2.­1827
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1859-1860
  • 2.­1871
  • 2.­1873
  • 2.­1914
  • 2.­1918
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1958
  • 2.­1960-1961
  • c.­1
  • n.­28
  • n.­365
  • n.­383
  • n.­565
  • n.­779
  • n.­1065
  • n.­1217-1218
  • n.­1302
  • n.­1422
  • n.­1488
  • n.­1539
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1812
  • n.­2854
  • g.­139
  • g.­429
  • g.­468
g.­109

dharmadhātu

Wylie:
  • chos dbyings
  • d+harma d+hA tu
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དབྱིངས།
  • དྷརྨ་དྷཱ་ཏུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadhātu

The condition of phenomena as they truly are, undistorted by conceptual thinking.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­874
  • 2.­885
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­1962
  • g.­406
g.­110

dharmakāya

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmakāya

“Body of truth.” As one of the three bodies of a buddha, it refers to his realization of the nature of reality.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • n.­2833
g.­111

dharmatā

Wylie:
  • chos nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmatā

The condition of things as they truly are, undistorted by conceptual thinking.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­233
g.­112

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • yul ’khor srung
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

One of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1549
  • g.­142
g.­113

diamond

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
  • badz+ra
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
  • བཛྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

Also translated here as “vajra” and “thunderbolt.”

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­71
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­186
  • 2.­307
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­852
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­985
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1259
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1427
  • 2.­1566
  • 2.­1699
  • 2.­1745
  • n.­561
  • n.­1994
  • n.­2278
  • g.­390
  • g.­432
  • g.­452
g.­114

dūtī

Wylie:
  • pho nya mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūtī

“Messenger,” a female spirit often employed in magical rites.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­183
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­599
  • 2.­1685
  • n.­1028
  • n.­2480
g.­115

Dūtī

Wylie:
  • pho nya mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūtī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­832
  • 2.­996
  • 2.­1041
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1719
  • n.­1856
g.­116

Dyuti

Wylie:
  • pho nya mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dyuti

The goddess of divine splendor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­117

eight great bodhisattvas

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa' chen po brgyad
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­mahā­bodhisattva

The list of the eight may vary according to the source, but it usually includes Mañjuśrī, Avalokiteśvara, Vajrapāṇi, Maitreya, Kṣitigarbha, Ākāśagarbha, Sarva­nivaraṇa­viṣkambhin, and Samantabhadra.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­12
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1873
g.­118

eight great fears

Wylie:
  • ’jigs pa chen po brgyad
  • ’jigs pa mi bzad pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་པ་ཆེན་པོ་བརྒྱད།
  • འཇིགས་པ་མི་བཟད་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭamahābhaya
  • aṣṭa­dāruṇa­bhaya

The eight are the fear of (1) drowning, (2) thieves, (3) lions, (4) snakes, (5) fire, (6) demons, (7) imprisonment, and (8) elephants. They are also sometimes referred to as the eight unbearable (dāruṇa, mi bzad pa) fears.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­128
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­148
  • 2.­334
  • 2.­420
  • 2.­707
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­792
  • 2.­804
  • 2.­831
  • 2.­848
  • 2.­1509
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1575
  • 2.­1962
  • n.­270
g.­119

eight sages

Wylie:
  • thub pa brgyad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་པ་བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭamuni

This is most likely a reference to the eight buddhas mentioned in the Kriyātantras, such as the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa (4.77). They are Ratnaśikhin, Saṃkusumitarājendra, Śālendrarāja, Sunetra, Duḥprasaha, Vairocana, Bhaiṣajyavaidūryarāja, and Rājendra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1961
  • n.­2911
g.­120

eighteen unique qualities of a buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśā­veṇika­buddha­dharma

The eighteen characteristics of a fully realized being not shared by ordinary beings, namely that he never stumbles, never raises his voice, never loses mindfulness, and so forth.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­157
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1870
g.­121

eightfold path

Wylie:
  • yan lag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭāṅga

See “eightfold path of the noble ones.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1065
g.­122

eightfold path of the noble ones

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āryāṣṭāṅga­mārga

Correct view, intention, speech, actions, livelihood, effort, mindfulness, and concentration.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­157
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­885
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1055
  • 2.­1449
  • 2.­1870
  • g.­121
g.­123

Ekajaṭā

Wylie:
  • ral pa gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekajaṭā

One of the deities in the maṇḍala of Avalokiteśvara-Amoghapāśa and in some of the maṇḍalas of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­587
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­683
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­996
  • 2.­1041
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1943
  • n.­872
  • n.­1029
  • g.­124
g.­124

Ekajaṭī

Wylie:
  • ral pa gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekajaṭī

See “Ekajaṭā.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1717
  • 2.­1749
  • n.­2541
g.­125

Ekaśṛṅga

Wylie:
  • rwa gcig
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་གཅིག
Sanskrit:
  • ekaśṛṅga

One of the ancient sages.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1634
g.­126

Elapatra

Wylie:
  • e la’i ’dab ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨེ་ལའི་འདབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • elapatra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A nāga king often present in the retinue of the Buddha Śākyamuni. According to the Vinaya, in the time of the Buddha Kāśyapa he had been a monk (bhikṣu) who angrily cut down a thorny bush at the entrance of his cave because it always snagged his robes. Cutting down bushes or even grass is contrary to the monastic rules and he did not confess his action. Therefore, he was reborn as a nāga with a tree growing out of his head, which caused him great pain whenever the wind blew. This tale is found represented in ancient sculpture and is often quoted to demonstrate how small misdeeds can lead to great consequences. See, e.g., Patrul Rinpoche, The Words of My Perfect Teacher.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1865
g.­127

emperor

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

See “cakravartin.”

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­289
  • 2.­298
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­320
  • 2.­324
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­357
  • 2.­378-379
  • 2.­385
  • 2.­429-431
  • 2.­439
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­494
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­554
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­699
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­821
  • 2.­824
  • 2.­844
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­927
  • 2.­929
  • 2.­938
  • 2.­942
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­1195
  • 2.­1198
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1315
  • 2.­1450
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1515
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1698
  • 2.­1709
  • 2.­1799
  • n.­481
  • n.­491
  • n.­517
  • n.­524
  • n.­2118
  • g.­90
  • g.­104
  • g.­244
  • g.­264
  • g.­294
  • g.­320
g.­128

essence of awakening

Wylie:
  • bo d+hi maN+Da
Tibetan:
  • བོ་དྷི་མཎྜ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhimaṇḍa

See “seat of awakening.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­968
  • g.­387
g.­129

eternal lord

Wylie:
  • a nan+te shwa ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ནནྟེ་ཤྭ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • ananteśvara

Possibly the name functions merely as an epithet or is meant as a proper name, “Lord Ananta.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­355
  • n.­576
g.­130

family

Wylie:
  • rigs
Tibetan:
  • རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kula

Apart from its ordinary meaning as “family,” the term often refers to a tathāgata family (alternatively called a buddha family), reflecting the division of the Buddhist pantheon into families. In the Kriyātantras there are four main tathāgata families: the tathāgata, lotus, jewel, and vajra families.

Located in 176 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­4
  • i.­7-8
  • i.­11
  • 1.­6
  • 2.­313
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­490
  • 2.­498
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­684
  • 2.­709
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­715
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­747
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­878
  • 2.­884
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­927
  • 2.­933
  • 2.­977-978
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­1014
  • 2.­1016
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1108
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1172-1175
  • 2.­1177-1179
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1216
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1290-1291
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1314
  • 2.­1321
  • 2.­1323
  • 2.­1327
  • 2.­1396
  • 2.­1399-1400
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1411-1413
  • 2.­1415-1417
  • 2.­1424
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1515
  • 2.­1519
  • 2.­1624-1627
  • 2.­1633
  • 2.­1639
  • 2.­1650-1651
  • 2.­1656
  • 2.­1660
  • 2.­1662
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1683
  • 2.­1685-1687
  • 2.­1721-1722
  • 2.­1726-1727
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1744-1746
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1751-1752
  • 2.­1754-1755
  • 2.­1761
  • 2.­1763-1764
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1774
  • 2.­1784
  • 2.­1786
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1793-1796
  • 2.­1798
  • 2.­1821-1824
  • 2.­1836-1840
  • 2.­1859
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1885
  • 2.­1891
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1904
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1915
  • 2.­1923
  • 2.­1928
  • 2.­1947-1948
  • 2.­1959
  • 2.­1963-1966
  • 2.­1968-1969
  • 2.­1975
  • 2.­2010
  • n.­4
  • n.­926
  • n.­1028
  • n.­1319
  • n.­1686
  • n.­1735
  • n.­1966
  • n.­1980
  • n.­1983
  • n.­2052
  • n.­2397
  • n.­2478-2479
  • n.­2484
  • n.­2572
  • n.­2603-2605
  • n.­2634
  • n.­2643
  • n.­2856
  • g.­208
g.­131

fearlessnesses

Wylie:
  • bag tsha ba ma mchis pa
  • mi ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • བག་ཚ་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśāradya

See “four types of confidence.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­124
  • 2.­157
  • n.­256
g.­132

fever

Wylie:
  • rims
  • tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • རིམས།
  • ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jvara

Apart from referring to fever itself, the term is also used as the name of the spirits that cause it.

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­15-16
  • 2.­16
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­457
  • 2.­478
  • 2.­490
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­556
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­614
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­759-760
  • 2.­771
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­804
  • 2.­813
  • 2.­900
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­1031
  • 2.­1062
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1214
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1225-1226
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1374
  • 2.­1428
  • 2.­1432
  • 2.­1434
  • 2.­1460
  • 2.­1473
  • 2.­1500
  • 2.­1504
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1802
  • 2.­1833
  • 2.­1858
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1895
  • n.­104
  • n.­934
  • n.­1524
  • n.­2126
  • g.­183
g.­133

five acts of immediate retribution

Wylie:
  • mtshams med pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • མཚམས་མེད་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcānantarya

Five acts so heinous that they cause instant (anantarya) rebirth in hell upon dying.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­148
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­554
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­707
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­803
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1111
  • 2.­1117
  • 2.­1132
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1307
  • 2.­1370
  • 2.­1440
  • 2.­1493
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1504
  • 2.­1517
  • 2.­1551
  • 2.­1567
  • 2.­1617
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1638
  • 2.­1650
  • 2.­1657
  • 2.­1721-1722
  • 2.­1766
  • 2.­1829
  • 2.­1857
  • 2.­1878
  • 2.­1898
  • 2.­1907
  • 2.­1935
  • 2.­1947
  • 2.­1958
  • g.­3
g.­134

five great guhyakas

Wylie:
  • gsang ba chen po lnga
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་ཆེན་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­mahā­guhyaka

It is not clear who these five are. The Ratna­ketu­dhāraṇī (Toh 138) mentions the “five yakṣa generals” and gives six names: Āṭavaka/Bhīṣaṇaka, Chinnasrotas, Jñānolka, Saṃjñika, and Tṛṣṇājaha. See The Ranaketu Dhāraṇī, 12.1.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­588
g.­135

five products of the cow

Wylie:
  • ba’i rnam lnga
Tibetan:
  • བའི་རྣམ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcagavya

Milk, curds, ghee, urine, and dung.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­32
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­370
  • 2.­536
  • 2.­712
  • 2.­751
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­794
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­1044
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1260
  • 2.­1302
  • 2.­1334
  • 2.­1880
  • 2.­1932
g.­136

five skandhas

Wylie:
  • phung po lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcaskandha

The five constituents of a living entity: form, sensation, perception, mental formations, and consciousness.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • g.­145
g.­137

five superknowledges

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhijñā

These are the five types of clairvoyance and magical power‍—“divine eye,” divine ear,” reading other beings’ thoughts, recollecting previous births, and magical powers (ṛddhi).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­982
  • 2.­1469
  • 2.­1635
g.­138

five types of instruments

Wylie:
  • rol mo’i cha byad yan lag lnga
Tibetan:
  • རོལ་མོའི་ཆ་བྱད་ཡན་ལག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The descriptions vary, but the five could be drums played by hand (ātata), drums played by stick (vitata), drums played by hand or by stick (ātatavitata), metal instruments such as cymbals (ghana), and wind instruments (suśira). Other less plausible descriptions define vitata as string instruments.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­309
g.­139

five types of vision

Wylie:
  • spyan lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcacakṣus

The “five types of vision” are the physical, divine, prajñā, Dharma, and jñāna eyes.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1455
g.­140

four castes

Wylie:
  • rigs bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturvarṇa

The four main castes of Indic society: brahmin, kṣatriya, vaiśya, and śūdra.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­322
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­726
  • 2.­793
  • 2.­855
  • 2.­867
  • 2.­913
  • 2.­1471
  • g.­412
g.­141

four divisions of the army

Wylie:
  • dpung gi tshogs yan lag bzhi
  • dpung yan lag bzhi pa
  • dpung gi yan lag bzhi
  • yan lag bzhi’i dpung
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་གི་ཚོགས་ཡན་ལག་བཞི།
  • དཔུང་ཡན་ལག་བཞི་པ།
  • དཔུང་གི་ཡན་ལག་བཞི།
  • ཡན་ལག་བཞིའི་དཔུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • caturaṅga

The fourfold division of an army into infantry, cavalry, elephants, and chariots.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­374
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­770
  • 2.­797
  • 2.­845
  • 2.­1222
  • 2.­1454
  • 2.­1543
g.­142

Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahārāja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).

Located in 48 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­339
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­996
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1295
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1446
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1637
  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1686
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1877
  • 2.­1921
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­1944
  • 2.­1953
  • n.­1459
  • n.­1989
  • n.­2131
  • g.­112
  • g.­144
  • g.­450
  • g.­495
  • g.­496
g.­143

four great śrāvakas

Wylie:
  • nyan thos chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­śrāvaka

The four are Subhūti, Mahākatyāyana, Mahākāśyapa, and Maudgalyāyana.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1873
g.­144

Four Guardians of the World

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten skyong ba bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་སྐྱོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturlokapāla

See “Four Great Kings.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­46
g.­145

four māras

Wylie:
  • bdud bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmāra

The four māras are personifications of the practitioner’s pitfalls‍—inappropriate exhilaration during meditation is the divine māra (devaputramāra), being controlled by afflictions is the māra of afflictions (kleśamāra), identifying with the five skandhas is the māra of the skandhas (skandhamāra), and having one’s life cut short by Yama is the māra of Yama (mṛtyumāra).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­989
g.­146

four truths of the noble ones

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi po rnams
  • tsa tu rA r+ya sat+ya
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི་པོ་རྣམས།
  • ཙ་ཏུ་རཱ་རྱ་སཏྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • caturāryasatya

The truths of suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the path leading to the cessation of suffering.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1870
g.­147

four types of confidence

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturvaiśāradya

The fearlessness based on the four types of confidence: the confidence (1) of awakening, (2) of having destroyed the impurities, (3) of having identified the obstructions, and (4) of the correctness of the path.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­989
  • g.­131
g.­148

fourfold assembly

Wylie:
  • ’khor bzhi
  • ’khor rnam pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བཞི།
  • འཁོར་རྣམ་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥparṣad

The “fourfold assembly” consists of monks, nuns, and male and female lay practitioners.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­9
  • n.­28
g.­149

gaṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • gaṇa

A particular group or class of asterisms; a class of beings attending on Gaṇeśa or Śiva.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­599
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1395
  • n.­769
g.­150

Gaṇapati

Wylie:
  • tshogs kyi bdag po
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṇapati

Another name of Gaṇeśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­832
  • 2.­1106-1107
g.­151

Gandhamādana

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ngad ldang
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhamādana

A mountain to the east of Mount Sumeru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1684-1685
g.­152

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­564
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­879-880
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1150-1151
  • 2.­1153
  • 2.­1163
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1544
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1684
  • 2.­1759
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1797
  • 2.­1852
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­671
  • n.­2314
  • g.­153
g.­153

gandharvī

Wylie:
  • dri za ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharvī

A female gandharva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­432
g.­154

Gaṇeśvara

Wylie:
  • tshogs kyi dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་ཀྱི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • gaṇeśvara

Another name of Gaṇeśa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1372
  • 2.­1577
  • 2.­1701
g.­155

Gaṅgā

Wylie:
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

The river Gaṅgā (personified).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1953
g.­156

Gaṅgā

Wylie:
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­334
  • 2.­431
  • 2.­444
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 2.­693
  • 2.­746-747
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­794
  • 2.­802
  • 2.­825
  • 2.­853
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­872-873
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­984
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1012
  • 2.­1047
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1198
  • 2.­1305
  • 2.­1318
  • 2.­1321
  • 2.­1401
  • 2.­1412
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1431
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1450-1451
  • 2.­1467
  • 2.­1475
  • 2.­1495
  • 2.­1502-1503
  • 2.­1625
  • 2.­1651
  • 2.­1678
  • 2.­1713
  • 2.­1721
  • 2.­1760-1761
  • 2.­1773-1774
  • 2.­1799
  • 2.­1821
  • 2.­1850
  • 2.­1934
  • 2.­1969
  • 2.­1973
  • n.­93
  • n.­299
  • n.­1445
  • g.­155
g.­157

gara

Wylie:
  • dug
Tibetan:
  • དུག
Sanskrit:
  • gara

This word can mean “poison,” and it can also refer to a class of spirits associated with poisons.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­483
  • 2.­557
  • 2.­1033
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1499
  • 2.­1711
  • 2.­1804
  • 2.­1878
  • 2.­1962
g.­158

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

A celestial bird.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­564
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­880
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1163-1164
  • 2.­1170
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1452
  • 2.­1484
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1544
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1759
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1797
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­630
  • n.­2520
g.­159

Gavākṣapātin

Wylie:
  • sgra sgo skyong
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་སྒོ་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gavākṣapātin

Unidentified. The Tib. reflects a different Skt. reading.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­783
g.­160

goat-swallowing snake

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • ajagara

Literally “goat devourer,” ajagara is alternately the name of a mythical snake or the Sanskrit term for a boa constrictor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1711
g.­161

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

See “deva.”

Located in 152 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-2
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­21
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­101
  • 2.­127
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­198
  • 2.­283
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­329-330
  • 2.­373
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­424-425
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­439
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­464-466
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­490
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­502
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­542
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­562
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­673
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­698-699
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­719
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­784-786
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­798
  • 2.­800
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­868
  • 2.­891
  • 2.­907
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1119
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1183
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1438
  • 2.­1457
  • 2.­1459
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1540
  • 2.­1544
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1684
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1920
  • n.­47
  • n.­78
  • n.­126
  • n.­332
  • n.­543
  • n.­638
  • n.­685
  • n.­783
  • n.­795
  • n.­921
  • n.­1158
  • n.­1172
  • n.­1204
  • n.­1265
  • n.­1463
  • n.­1531
  • n.­1535
  • n.­1634
  • n.­1723
  • n.­1731
  • n.­1736
  • n.­1844
  • n.­2113
  • g.­6
  • g.­8
  • g.­58
  • g.­82
  • g.­86
  • g.­92
  • g.­163
  • g.­174
  • g.­176
  • g.­178
  • g.­188
  • g.­214
  • g.­235
  • g.­248
  • g.­338
  • g.­361
  • g.­367
  • g.­378
  • g.­403
  • g.­415
  • g.­450
  • g.­469
  • g.­475
  • g.­498
  • g.­505
g.­162

graha

Wylie:
  • gdon
  • gra ha
Tibetan:
  • གདོན།
  • གྲ་ཧ།
Sanskrit:
  • graha

A planet (personified); a class of spirits responsible for epilepsy and seizures.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­17-18
  • 2.­16
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­346
  • 2.­479
  • 2.­490
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­532-533
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­629
  • 2.­636
  • 2.­772-773
  • 2.­797
  • 2.­850
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1221
  • 2.­1226
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1267
  • 2.­1373
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1428
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1589
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1661
  • 2.­1711
  • 2.­1803
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1832-1833
  • 2.­1858
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1962
  • 2.­1967
  • n.­368
  • n.­742
  • n.­819-820
  • n.­822
  • n.­962
  • n.­969
  • n.­1396
  • n.­2524
  • n.­2710
g.­163

Great Indra

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mahendra

An epithet of Indra, the chief god of the realm of Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­13
g.­164

great limbs of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub chen po’i yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཆེན་པོའི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • —

Seven factors conducive to attaining realization: mindfulness, discernment, diligence, joy, peaceful repose, samādhi, and equanimity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1830
g.­165

guhyaka

Wylie:
  • gsang ba pa
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhyaka

A class of nonhuman beings, usually identified with the yakṣas.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­47
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­800
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1302
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1532
g.­166

Hanumān

Wylie:
  • ha nu ma
Tibetan:
  • ཧ་ནུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hanumān

A monkey king (a character in the Rāmāyaṇa).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1287
g.­167

Hārītī

Wylie:
  • ’phrog ma
  • lcang sngo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲོག་མ།
  • ལྕང་སྔོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hārītī

A yakṣiṇī who converted to Buddhism.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1395
g.­168

Hayagrīva

Wylie:
  • rta mgrin
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་མགྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • hayagrīva

The wrathful emanation of Avalokiteśvara; also, one of the emanations of Viṣṇu.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­128
  • 2.­185
  • 2.­599
  • 2.­1321
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1575
  • 2.­1701
  • 2.­1893
  • n.­321
  • n.­906
g.­169

heart essence

Wylie:
  • snying po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hṛdaya

Literally “heart,” this term means the heart essence or the essence of the deity and can refer to its mantra, mudrā, or maṇḍala.

Located in 141 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4-5
  • i.­10
  • i.­15
  • 1.­2-6
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­133
  • 2.­166-168
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­360
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­440
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­599
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­695
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­715
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­757
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­809
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­883
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­903
  • 2.­961
  • 2.­963
  • 2.­968-969
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­1024
  • 2.­1036
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1052
  • 2.­1126
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1140-1141
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1157-1158
  • 2.­1160-1161
  • 2.­1165-1168
  • 2.­1171-1172
  • 2.­1174-1175
  • 2.­1186-1189
  • 2.­1192
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1197
  • 2.­1199-1200
  • 2.­1381-1382
  • 2.­1388
  • 2.­1390
  • 2.­1396
  • 2.­1398-1399
  • 2.­1407
  • 2.­1415-1417
  • 2.­1445
  • 2.­1449
  • 2.­1460
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1518
  • 2.­1564
  • 2.­1638
  • 2.­1656
  • 2.­1660
  • 2.­1671
  • 2.­1691
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1740
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1746
  • 2.­1761-1762
  • 2.­1765
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1770
  • 2.­1787
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1888
  • 2.­1893
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1915-1916
  • 2.­1919
  • 2.­1947
  • 2.­1959
  • 2.­1964
  • n.­1
  • n.­15
  • n.­20
  • n.­24
  • n.­257
  • n.­266
  • n.­456
  • n.­680
  • n.­700
  • n.­1110
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1666
  • n.­1693
  • n.­1929
  • n.­2577
  • n.­2579
  • n.­2635
  • n.­2827
  • g.­170
g.­170

heart mantra

Wylie:
  • snying po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hṛdaya

See “heart essence.”

Located in 167 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­18-19
  • 2.­7-8
  • 2.­12-15
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­156-157
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­281
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­288-290
  • 2.­296-298
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­309
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­316-317
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­333-336
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­350-351
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­386-387
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­454
  • 2.­475
  • 2.­480
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­515
  • 2.­523-524
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­609-610
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­621-622
  • 2.­627
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­636
  • 2.­638-639
  • 2.­693
  • 2.­709
  • 2.­714
  • 2.­721-722
  • 2.­733
  • 2.­735
  • 2.­746
  • 2.­748
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­757-758
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­788
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­838
  • 2.­847
  • 2.­851
  • 2.­859-860
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­877
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­901
  • 2.­917
  • 2.­927
  • 2.­930
  • 2.­933
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­939-948
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­963
  • 2.­966
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­1008-1011
  • 2.­1028
  • 2.­1050
  • 2.­1053
  • 2.­1055
  • 2.­1126
  • 2.­1131
  • 2.­1137
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1171-1172
  • 2.­1176-1177
  • 2.­1191
  • 2.­1199
  • 2.­1282
  • 2.­1298
  • 2.­1323
  • 2.­1386-1387
  • 2.­1412-1413
  • 2.­1415
  • 2.­1420
  • 2.­1427
  • 2.­1436
  • 2.­1445
  • 2.­1449
  • 2.­1464
  • 2.­1480
  • 2.­1776
  • 2.­1818
  • 2.­1946
  • n.­28
  • n.­91
  • n.­761
  • n.­1299
  • n.­1495
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1990
  • n.­2002
  • n.­2087-2088
g.­171

Hiraṇyakaśipu

Wylie:
  • hi ra N+ya ka shi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཧི་ར་ཎྱ་ཀ་ཤི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • hiraṇyakaśipu

An asura king subjugated by Viṣṇu.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­561
  • n.­831
g.­172

homa

Wylie:
  • sbyin sreg
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་སྲེག
Sanskrit:
  • homa

A type of fire sacrifice where each casting of the offered article into the fire is accompanied by a single repetition of the mantra.

Located in 101 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 2.­118
  • 2.­420-422
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­426-428
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­450-451
  • 2.­466
  • 2.­471
  • 2.­485-486
  • 2.­490-492
  • 2.­514-515
  • 2.­518-519
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­577
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­636-637
  • 2.­713
  • 2.­866
  • 2.­904
  • 2.­906-907
  • 2.­909
  • 2.­933-934
  • 2.­1007
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1020-1024
  • 2.­1026
  • 2.­1031
  • 2.­1138
  • 2.­1263-1264
  • 2.­1266-1276
  • 2.­1278-1280
  • 2.­1322
  • 2.­1541
  • 2.­1550
  • 2.­1627
  • 2.­1632-1633
  • 2.­1635-1636
  • 2.­1638-1644
  • 2.­1673
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1804
  • 2.­1866
  • 2.­1975
  • c.­3
  • n.­672
  • n.­675
  • n.­677
  • n.­689
  • n.­701
  • n.­1116
  • n.­1330
  • n.­1332
  • n.­2393
  • n.­2396
  • n.­2401
  • n.­2597
  • n.­2666
  • g.­68
g.­173

Huluḍa

Wylie:
  • hu lu
Tibetan:
  • ཧུ་ལུ།
Sanskrit:
  • huluḍa

One of the nāga kings. (Huluḍa is one of several possible spellings.)

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1865
g.­174

Hutāśana

Wylie:
  • hU ta sha na
Tibetan:
  • ཧཱུ་ཏ་ཤ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • hutāśana

“Oblation eater”; another name of Agni, the god of fire.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­425
  • n.­638
g.­175

Immaculate Amogha Purity

Wylie:
  • don yod pa rnam par dag pa dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­viśuddha­vimalā

A medicinal goddess.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­302
g.­176

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­46
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1634
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1699
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1920
  • n.­262
  • n.­641
  • n.­1124
  • n.­1163
  • n.­1168
  • n.­1172
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1471
  • n.­1633
  • n.­1637
  • n.­1736
  • n.­2198
  • n.­2513
  • n.­2574
  • g.­9
  • g.­163
  • g.­363
  • g.­367
  • g.­427
  • g.­471
g.­177

irreversible

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avaivartika

The term avaivartika should not be confused with anāgamin. While the first is a Mahāyāna term referring to someone “not turning back,” i.e., irreversibly established on the path to full awakening, the other is a term referring to one who will not return to this world again after death but will attain arhatship in one of the highest heavens.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­232
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­337
  • 2.­547
  • 2.­553
  • 2.­708
  • 2.­804
  • 2.­854
  • 2.­858-859
  • 2.­870
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­964-965
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­1048
  • 2.­1061
  • 2.­1114
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1516
  • 2.­1960
  • g.­291
g.­178

Īśvara

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug
  • I shwa ra
  • I shwara
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག
  • ཨཱི་ཤྭ་ར།
  • ཨཱི་ཤྭར།
Sanskrit:
  • īśvara

The name applied to the supreme worldly god, whatever his identity.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-2
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­542
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­584
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1757
  • n.­631
  • n.­889
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1677
  • n.­1940
g.­179

Jambu

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu

A celestial river flowing from Mount Sumeru.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­310
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­985
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1162
g.­180

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu gling
  • ’dzam bu’i gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­729
  • 2.­855
  • 2.­986-987
  • 2.­1021
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1642
  • 2.­1869-1870
  • 2.­1922
  • n.­1092
  • n.­1442
g.­181

Jayā

Wylie:
  • rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jayā

A goddess shared by the Buddhists and the Śaivites.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­182

Jayaprabhurāja

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i rje dpon
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་རྗེ་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • jayaprabhu
  • jayaprabhurāja

A king; the context suggests that he is a king of the nāgas or the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­824
g.­183

jvara

Wylie:
  • tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jvara

See “fever.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­944
  • 2.­1031
  • n.­1524
g.­184

Kailāsa­śikhara­vāsinī

Wylie:
  • ti se yi ni rtse mo na
Tibetan:
  • ཏི་སེ་ཡི་ནི་རྩེ་མོ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • kailāsa­śikhara­vāsinī

“Dwelling on the top of Sumeru”; it is not clear whether it refers here to Pārvatī or to one of the Buddhist goddesses.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­185

kākhorda

Wylie:
  • byad
Tibetan:
  • བྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • kākhorda

A class of evil spirits associated with poison.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­7
  • 1.­15
  • 2.­16
  • 2.­53
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­512
  • 2.­553
  • 2.­557
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­615
  • 2.­623
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­1033
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1428
  • 2.­1432
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1499
  • 2.­1509
  • 2.­1711
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1804
  • 2.­1878
  • 2.­1962
  • n.­937
  • g.­201
g.­186

Kālarātrī

Wylie:
  • dus kyi mtshan mo
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཀྱི་མཚན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālarātrī

The seventh of the nine forms of Durgā, also worshiped in tantric Buddhism.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1750
g.­187

Kāmarūpī

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i gzugs can ma
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་གཟུགས་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmarūpī

The name of a yakṣiṇī.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1276-1277
  • 2.­1377
  • n.­1792
g.­188

Kāmeśvara

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • kāmeśvara

Another name of Kāmadeva, the god of erotic love.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1372
g.­189

Kāpālin

Wylie:
  • thod pa can
Tibetan:
  • ཐོད་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kāpālin

An epithet, or one of the emanations, of Śiva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1549
g.­190

karṣa

Wylie:
  • zho
Tibetan:
  • ཞོ།
Sanskrit:
  • karṣa

A unit of weight equal to about twelve grams.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1872
g.­191

Karuṇa­puṇḍarīka

Wylie:
  • snying rje can dang pad+ma dkar po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཅན་དང་པདྨ་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • karuṇa­puṇḍarīka

It is not clear whose name this is.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1286
g.­192

kaṭapūtana

Wylie:
  • lus srul po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭapūtana

A class of spirits similar to the pretas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­591
  • 2.­808
g.­193

Kelikila

Wylie:
  • ki lI kI la
  • ki lI kI li
  • ki lI ki la
Tibetan:
  • ཀི་ལཱི་ཀཱི་ལ།
  • ཀི་ལཱི་ཀཱི་ལི།
  • ཀི་ལཱི་ཀི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kelīkila
  • kelīkīla

A yakṣa appearing in some of the paintings of Amoghapāśa. Also described as “great vajravināyaka” and “great king.” Kelikila is also associated with Śiva and referred to by the name Mahākelikila.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­599
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1953
g.­194

Kelikilī

Wylie:
  • ki lI ki lI
Tibetan:
  • ཀི་ལཱི་ཀི་ལཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kelikilī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa. Kelikilī appears to be a variant of the name Kelikilā, identified by multiple lexicographers as Rati, the wife of Kāmadeva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­195

Kelin

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kelin

A yakṣa appearing in some of the paintings of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1953
g.­196

Keśa

Wylie:
  • skra can
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • keśa

One of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­777
g.­197

Ketu

Wylie:
  • mjug rings
Tibetan:
  • མཇུག་རིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • ketu

A comet or a falling star personified.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1549
g.­198

king of vidyās

Wylie:
  • rig pa’i rgyal po
  • rig sngags rgyal po
  • rig sngags kyi rgyal po
  • bI dya rA dza
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • རིག་སྔགས་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • རིག་སྔགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • བཱི་དྱ་རཱ་ཛ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyārāja

This epithet can refer to individual mantras (vidyā) as well as deities‍—typically those attending upon Vajrapāṇi; most of the time the mantra and the deity are one and the same, but, in some contexts, the focus may be on either one or the other. If the focus is on the mantra or its corresponding deity, the term has been translated as king of vidyās, and if it is on the class of deities and is used in the plural, it has been translated as vidyārāja. Vidyārāja can also be a deity name.

Located in 120 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­411
  • 2.­475
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­695
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­727
  • 2.­729
  • 2.­756
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­1177
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1381-1382
  • 2.­1388
  • 2.­1394
  • 2.­1397
  • 2.­1399-1400
  • 2.­1692
  • 2.­1694
  • 2.­1704
  • 2.­1740
  • 2.­1742-1749
  • 2.­1751
  • 2.­1753-1754
  • 2.­1756
  • 2.­1759-1766
  • 2.­1769-1775
  • 2.­1777-1779
  • 2.­1781-1782
  • 2.­1784
  • 2.­1788-1790
  • 2.­1792
  • 2.­1795-1796
  • 2.­1820
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1844
  • 2.­1864
  • 2.­1877
  • 2.­1880
  • 2.­1883
  • 2.­1888
  • 2.­1907
  • 2.­1910
  • 2.­1912
  • 2.­1921
  • 2.­1923
  • 2.­1939
  • 2.­1941-1943
  • 2.­1946-1948
  • 2.­1957-1960
  • 2.­1968
  • 2.­1981
  • 2.­2006-2007
  • n.­1399
  • n.­1544
  • n.­1933
  • n.­2494
  • n.­2577
  • n.­2579
  • n.­2590
  • n.­2599
  • n.­2608
  • n.­2630-2631
  • n.­2644
  • n.­2647
  • n.­2649
  • n.­2651
  • n.­2654
  • n.­2694-2695
  • n.­2761
  • n.­2795
  • n.­2802
  • n.­2827
  • n.­2863
  • n.­2909
  • n.­2962
  • g.­483
  • g.­484
g.­199

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
  • mi ’am ci
  • mi min
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
  • མི་འམ་ཅི།
  • མི་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.

Located in 72 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­564
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­741-743
  • 2.­768
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­880
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1065
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1150-1151
  • 2.­1163-1164
  • 2.­1170
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1452
  • 2.­1484
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1544
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1759
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1797
  • 2.­1852
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1901
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­513
  • n.­630
  • n.­671
  • n.­2383
  • g.­200
g.­200

kinnarī

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci’i bu mo
  • mi’am ci’i mo
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅིའི་བུ་མོ།
  • མིའམ་ཅིའི་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnarī

A female kinnara.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­304
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­897
  • 2.­1150
g.­201

kiraṇa

Wylie:
  • g.yengs byed
  • g.yeng byed
Tibetan:
  • གཡེངས་བྱེད།
  • གཡེང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kiraṇa

A class of spirits related to kākhordas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­16
  • 2.­623
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­1033
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1167
  • n.­1144
g.­202

Kośala

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośala

Also spelled Kosala. An ancient Indian kingdom corresponding to the present-day Awadh in Uttar Pradesh.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1847
  • g.­468
g.­203

Krodha

Wylie:
  • khro
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodha

One of the wrathful deities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­453
  • 2.­1548
  • n.­706
g.­204

Krodhāṅkuśa

Wylie:
  • khro bo lcags kyu
  • khro bo’i lcags kyu
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
  • ཁྲོ་བོའི་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodhāṅkuśa

One of the wrathful emanations of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1713-1714
  • 2.­1716-1720
  • 2.­1724
  • 2.­1736-1737
  • 2.­1864
  • 2.­1959
  • 2.­1965-1966
  • 2.­2008
  • n.­2532
  • n.­2536
  • n.­2538
  • n.­2541
  • n.­2543-2544
  • n.­2549
  • n.­2909
  • n.­2962
  • g.­19
  • g.­24
  • g.­206
  • g.­209
g.­205

Krodhāṅkuśī

Wylie:
  • khro bo chen po lcags kyu
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་ཆེན་པོ་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodhāṅkuśī

A goddess associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1943
g.­206

Krodhapāśa

Wylie:
  • khro bo zhags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་ཞགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodhapāśa

Another name of Krodhāṅkuśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1725
  • n.­2549
g.­207

krodharāja

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • krodharāja

A generic term for wrathful male deities.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1727-1728
g.­208

Krodharāja

Wylie:
  • khro bo’i rgyal po
  • kro d+ha rA dzA
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཀྲོ་དྷ་རཱ་ཛཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodharāja

“Lord of Wrath,” usually an epithet of Vajrapāṇi but also applied to other wrathful deities, such as the wrathful lords of the four families‍—tathāgata, lotus, jewel, and vajra. In the AP it is mainly used to refer to the wrathful aspect of Amoghapāśa; in this sense he is called, on at least one occasion, Amogha­krodha­rāja.

Located in 181 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12-13
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­176-177
  • 2.­282
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­298
  • 2.­303
  • 2.­326-328
  • 2.­333
  • 2.­344-347
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­388-394
  • 2.­396-397
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­457
  • 2.­462-464
  • 2.­471
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­488-489
  • 2.­494
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­515
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­535
  • 2.­539
  • 2.­543
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­549
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­594
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­639-640
  • 2.­643-645
  • 2.­684
  • 2.­693
  • 2.­714
  • 2.­721-722
  • 2.­727
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­788
  • 2.­810-811
  • 2.­820
  • 2.­838
  • 2.­840
  • 2.­871-872
  • 2.­891-892
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­917
  • 2.­927
  • 2.­930
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­943-945
  • 2.­947-948
  • 2.­951-952
  • 2.­963
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1008
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1028
  • 2.­1043
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1126
  • 2.­1131
  • 2.­1174-1175
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1323
  • 2.­1399
  • 2.­1465
  • 2.­1481
  • 2.­1488-1489
  • 2.­1511
  • 2.­1514
  • 2.­1523-1525
  • 2.­1534
  • 2.­1539-1543
  • 2.­1555
  • 2.­1557-1560
  • 2.­1562
  • 2.­1564-1566
  • 2.­1569
  • 2.­1595
  • 2.­1648
  • 2.­1657
  • 2.­1666
  • 2.­1668
  • 2.­1691
  • 2.­1693
  • 2.­1715
  • 2.­1720
  • 2.­1732
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1750
  • 2.­1864
  • 2.­1944
  • n.­3
  • n.­469
  • n.­620
  • n.­679
  • n.­706
  • n.­761
  • n.­775
  • n.­842
  • n.­1040
  • n.­1061
  • n.­1110
  • n.­1697
  • n.­2168
  • n.­2193
  • n.­2239
  • n.­2249
  • n.­2543-2544
  • n.­2887
  • g.­18
  • g.­20
  • g.­33
  • g.­37
  • g.­54
  • g.­232
g.­209

Krodha­rājāṅkuśa

Wylie:
  • khro bo’i rgyal po lcags kyu
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodha­rājāṅkuśa

Seems to be an elaboration of the name Krodhāṅkuśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1718
g.­210

kṛtya

Wylie:
  • gshed byed
Tibetan:
  • གཤེད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛtya

A class of evil spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1768
g.­211

Kṛtyā

Wylie:
  • pho nya mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛtyā

One of the goddesses in some of the maṇḍalas of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­683
  • 2.­706
g.­212

kṣatriya

Wylie:
  • rgyal rigs
  • rgyal po’i rigs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་རིགས།
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣatriya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­35
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­313
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­453
  • 2.­491
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­864
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1016
  • 2.­1021-1022
  • 2.­1034
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1061
  • 2.­1121-1122
  • 2.­1132
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1224
  • 2.­1273
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1454
  • 2.­1499
  • 2.­1509
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1733
  • 2.­1817
  • 2.­1891
  • 2.­1896
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1923
  • 2.­1934
  • 2.­1947
  • n.­1499
  • g.­140
g.­213

Kṣitigarbha

Wylie:
  • sa’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • སའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣitigarbha

One of the celestial bodhisattvas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1006
  • g.­117
g.­214

Kubera

Wylie:
  • ku be ra
  • lus ngan
  • lus ngan po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བེ་ར།
  • ལུས་ངན།
  • ལུས་ངན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

The god of wealth.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­878
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­967-968
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1118-1119
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1719
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1944
  • n.­795
  • n.­1462
  • n.­1814
  • n.­1857
  • n.­2542
  • g.­106
  • g.­257
  • g.­272
  • g.­281
g.­215

Kulasundarī

Wylie:
  • rigs mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kulasundarī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa; also a tantric goddess prominent in the Śrīvidyā tradition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1750
g.­216

Kumāra

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu
  • ku mA ra
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུ།
  • ཀུ་མཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kumāra

When referring to a worldly deity, this name/epithet usually applies to Skanda.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­126
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­198
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1118-1119
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1944
  • n.­259
  • n.­332
  • n.­1857
g.­217

Kumbha

Wylie:
  • bum pa
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbha

A brother of Rāvaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1287
g.­218

kumbhāṇḍa

Wylie:
  • grul bum
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhāṇḍa

“Having testes like jars,” a class of nonhuman beings.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­321
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1895
  • n.­872
  • g.­220
g.­219

Kūrma

Wylie:
  • ru sbal
Tibetan:
  • རུ་སྦལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūrma

One of the avatars of Viṣṇu.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1549
g.­220

kuṣmāṇḍa

Wylie:
  • grul bum
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuṣmāṇḍa

Another name for kumbhāṇḍa, a class of nonhuman beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­492
g.­221

Lakṣmaṇa

Wylie:
  • kyi mtshan nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཀྱི་མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣmaṇa

The younger brother of Rāma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1284
g.­222

Lāmbura

Wylie:
  • u la ma bu
Tibetan:
  • ཨུ་ལ་མ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • lāmbura

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1865
g.­223

Laṅkā

Wylie:
  • lang ka
Tibetan:
  • ལང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • laṅkā

The island of Ceylon.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­698
g.­224

Light of the Wish-Fulfilling Amogha Jewel

Wylie:
  • don yod pa yid bzhin nor bu’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་ཡིད་བཞིན་ནོར་བུའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­cintā­maṇi­prabha

One of the mantra deities, an emanation of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1775
  • 2.­1777-1778
g.­225

limbs of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub yan lag
  • bo d+h+yaM ga
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཡན་ལག
  • བོ་དྷྱཾ་ག
Sanskrit:
  • bodhyaṅga

Seven factors conducive to attaining realization: mindfulness, discernment, diligence, joy, peaceful repose, samādhi, and equanimity.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­1066
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
g.­226

Lokavilokita

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten rnam par gzigs pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokavilokita

One of the high heavens.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1195
g.­227

Lokendrarāja

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang phyug rgyal po
  • ’jig rten dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་ཕྱུག་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokendrarāja

One of the tathāgatas.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­1006
g.­228

lokeśvara

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang phyug
  • ’jig rten dbang
  • lo ke shwa ra
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་ཕྱུག
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་།
  • ལོ་ཀེ་ཤྭ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • lokeśvara

“Lokeśvara” is the title applied to Avalokiteśvara and his male emanations, including Amoghapāśa; in the later tradition there are 108 lokeśvaras. In contexts where the literal meaning, “lord of the world,” is more relevant than the class name, the term has been translated as such (see corresponding glossary entry for “lord of the world”). It is capitalized when used as the title without the name, such as “the Lokeśvara” or “the Lord of the World.”

Located in 111 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­132-133
  • 2.­168
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­403
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­539
  • 2.­549
  • 2.­553
  • 2.­557
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­778
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­785
  • 2.­788
  • 2.­801
  • 2.­835
  • 2.­860
  • 2.­964
  • 2.­981
  • 2.­986
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1036
  • 2.­1041-1042
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1114
  • 2.­1116
  • 2.­1124
  • 2.­1126
  • 2.­1145
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1176
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1419-1420
  • 2.­1432
  • 2.­1434
  • 2.­1438
  • 2.­1447
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1493
  • 2.­1495
  • 2.­1502
  • 2.­1505
  • 2.­1508
  • 2.­1510
  • 2.­1514
  • 2.­1522
  • 2.­1524
  • 2.­1526-1528
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1554
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1652
  • 2.­1654-1655
  • 2.­1673
  • 2.­1687
  • 2.­1692
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1751
  • 2.­1964
  • 2.­1977
  • n.­267
  • n.­454
  • n.­576
  • n.­633
  • n.­803
  • n.­883
  • n.­976
  • n.­1170
  • n.­1198
  • n.­1214
  • n.­1284
  • n.­1434
  • n.­1439-1440
  • n.­1628
  • n.­1988
  • n.­2046
  • n.­2128
  • n.­2176
  • n.­2221
  • n.­2372
  • n.­2424
  • n.­2429
  • n.­2473
  • n.­2596
  • n.­2918
  • n.­2930
  • g.­60
  • g.­231
  • g.­243
  • g.­286
  • g.­294
  • g.­299
  • g.­302
  • g.­309
  • g.­352
  • g.­426
g.­229

Lokeśvaraprabha

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang phyug ’od
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་ཕྱུག་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • lokeśvara­prabha

One of the tathāgatas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1502
g.­230

lord

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

In this text:

The term is translated here as “Lord” or “Blessed Lord” when it refers to the Noble Avalokiteśvara. When it refers to the Buddha Śākyamuni it is translated as “Blessed One.”

Located in 75 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­128-129
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­133
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­154
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­575
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­650
  • 2.­661
  • 2.­667
  • 2.­691
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­700-702
  • 2.­704
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­1059
  • 2.­1124
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1154
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1166
  • 2.­1168
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1246
  • 2.­1255
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1379
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1388-1390
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1396
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1416
  • 2.­1418
  • 2.­1520
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1627
  • 2.­1653
  • 2.­1655
  • 2.­1667
  • 2.­1672
  • 2.­1678
  • 2.­1691
  • 2.­1719
  • 2.­1741
  • 2.­1924
  • 2.­1964
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­297
  • n.­1051
  • n.­1060
  • n.­1974
  • n.­1986
  • n.­2271
  • n.­2372
  • n.­2867
  • n.­2918
  • g.­78
g.­231

lord of the world

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang phyug
  • ’jig rten mgon po
  • lo ke shwa ra
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་ཕྱུག
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་མགོན་པོ།
  • ལོ་ཀེ་ཤྭ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • lokeśvara
  • lokanātha

“Lord of the world” is a translation of lokeśvara or lokanātha when these are used in their literal meaning (for the technical meaning of the first see the glossary entry for Lokeśvara). The latter of the two terms has an added connotation of the “protector of the world,” however, in most contexts, the meaning of the “lord of the world” predominates. The phrase is capitalized when used as the title without the name.

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­399
  • 2.­407
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­414
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­743
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­798
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­1115-1116
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1182
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1315
  • 2.­1489
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1678
  • 2.­1810
  • 2.­1969
  • n.­382
  • n.­455
  • n.­576
  • n.­626
  • n.­901
  • n.­1115
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1638
  • n.­1700
  • n.­1741
  • n.­1858
  • n.­2107
  • n.­2206
  • n.­2472
  • n.­2924
  • g.­228
g.­232

lord of wrath

Wylie:
  • khro bo’i rgyal po
  • khro bo
  • kro d+ha rA dza
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཁྲོ་བོ།
  • ཀྲོ་དྷ་རཱ་ཛ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodharāja

See “Krodharāja.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­395
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­1719
  • n.­624
  • n.­2543
  • g.­208
g.­233

mahābalā

Wylie:
  • mthu chen
Tibetan:
  • མཐུ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābalā

A group of goddesses connected to Vajrapāṇi; also, a group of mātṛs attending upon Skanda.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­234

Mahābala

Wylie:
  • stobs po che
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābala

The name of several deities, including a nāga.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­783
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1532
g.­235

Mahādeva

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahādeva

“Great God,” an epithet of Śiva.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­483
  • 2.­1209
g.­236

Mahādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahādevī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­237

Mahāgaurī

Wylie:
  • dkar sham chen mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་ཤམ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāgaurī

Here a Buddhist goddess, possibly related to the Śaiva goddess Gaurī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­597
g.­238

Mahākāla

Wylie:
  • nag po chen po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākāla

The wrathful form of Śiva; also a wrathful Buddhist deity.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­374
  • 2.­396-397
  • 2.­462
  • 2.­480
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­563
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­760
  • 2.­797
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1209
  • 2.­1371
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1578
  • 2.­1831
  • n.­712
  • n.­1085
  • n.­1533
g.­239

Mahākrodha

Wylie:
  • khros chen
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākrodha

One of the wrathful deities.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­240

Mahāmaṇḍalin

Wylie:
  • dkyil ’khor chen po
Tibetan:
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmaṇḍalin

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1919
  • g.­255
g.­241

Mahānāga

Wylie:
  • klu chen
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahānāga

A deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­242

Mahāpāśa

Wylie:
  • zhags pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཞགས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpāśa

Mahāpāśa (“Great Noose”) seems to be another epithet of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1031
  • 2.­1054
g.­243

Mahā­sthāma­prāpta

Wylie:
  • mthu chen thob gzhag pa
  • mthu chen thob pa
  • mthu chen thob
Tibetan:
  • མཐུ་ཆེན་ཐོབ་གཞག་པ།
  • མཐུ་ཆེན་ཐོབ་པ།
  • མཐུ་ཆེན་ཐོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­sthāma­prāpta

One of the lokeśvara emanations of Avalokiteśvara; also, one of the ancient bodhisattvas, possibly the same as Mahāsthānaprāpta.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­339
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1307
g.­244

Mahāsudarśana

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsudarśana

A wheel-turning monarch and emperor of all vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­821
g.­245

Mahāśvetā

Wylie:
  • dkar sham chen mo
  • dkar mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་ཤམ་ཆེན་མོ།
  • དཀར་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśvetā

A Buddhist goddess, possibly related to White Tārā.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­180
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­892
  • 2.­1717
  • n.­2541
  • g.­417
g.­246

Mahāvairocana

Wylie:
  • snang mdzad
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāvairocana

The universal buddha from whom all the buddhas emanate.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1326
g.­247

Mahā­vajra­śikhara

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i zom chen po
  • rdo rje chen po zom
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་ཟོམ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ་ཟོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­vajra­śikhara

One of the deities in the maṇḍala of Avalokiteśvara-Amoghapāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­586
  • 2.­599
g.­248

Maheśvara

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug chen po
  • dbang phyug che
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེན་པོ།
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེ།
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • maheśvara

“Great Lord,” the supreme worldly god (his true identity varies from text to text); the name of one of the Brahmās; a frequent epithet of Śiva.

Located in 92 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-2
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­190
  • 2.­277
  • 2.­310
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­354-355
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­542
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­562
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­584
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­623
  • 2.­697-698
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­719-720
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1118-1119
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1218
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1479
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1541
  • 2.­1576-1577
  • 2.­1634
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1708-1709
  • 2.­1719
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1920
  • n.­52
  • n.­78
  • n.­126
  • n.­325
  • n.­631
  • n.­832
  • n.­889
  • n.­1042
  • n.­1297
  • n.­1461
  • n.­1504
  • n.­1532
  • n.­1677
  • n.­1940
  • n.­2198
  • n.­2607
g.­249

mahoraga

Wylie:
  • lto ’phye chen po
  • lto ’phye che
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­321
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­564
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­880
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1150-1151
  • 2.­1163-1164
  • 2.­1170
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1452
  • 2.­1484
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1544
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1759
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1797
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­630
  • n.­671
g.­250

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
  • maitre ya
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
  • མཻཏྲེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­12
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1406
  • g.­117
g.­251

Māmakī

Wylie:
  • mA ma kI
Tibetan:
  • མཱ་མ་ཀཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • māmakī

A Buddhist goddess.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­252

Manasvin

Wylie:
  • yid ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • manasvin

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1865
  • n.­1813
g.­253

maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • dkyil ’khor
  • maN+Da la
  • maN+Dala
Tibetan:
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
  • མཎྜ་ལ།
  • མཎྜལ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍala

A magical circle or sacred area; also a chapter or section of a book.

Located in 597 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­19
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­25-26
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­50
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­83
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­141-143
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­159
  • 2.­166-167
  • 2.­182
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­229-230
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­338-340
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­365
  • 2.­370
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­444
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­457
  • 2.­466
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­538
  • 2.­543
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550-552
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­593
  • 2.­595-597
  • 2.­599-600
  • 2.­602-603
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­608
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­638-639
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­651
  • 2.­682
  • 2.­685-687
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­732
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­742-743
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­765
  • 2.­772
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­794
  • 2.­819-820
  • 2.­834-838
  • 2.­844
  • 2.­858-859
  • 2.­866
  • 2.­869
  • 2.­872-873
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­883-884
  • 2.­886-887
  • 2.­892-894
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­937
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­957
  • 2.­961
  • 2.­963-964
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­977-980
  • 2.­982-987
  • 2.­989-994
  • 2.­997-999
  • 2.­1001-1003
  • 2.­1005-1006
  • 2.­1009-1011
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1015-1017
  • 2.­1026-1028
  • 2.­1031
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1050-1052
  • 2.­1061
  • 2.­1072
  • 2.­1074
  • 2.­1108
  • 2.­1127
  • 2.­1129-1131
  • 2.­1136-1138
  • 2.­1142
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1158-1159
  • 2.­1161-1162
  • 2.­1166-1168
  • 2.­1174
  • 2.­1177-1179
  • 2.­1181-1182
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1186-1190
  • 2.­1193
  • 2.­1198-1200
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1242
  • 2.­1244
  • 2.­1263
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1289
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1293-1300
  • 2.­1305
  • 2.­1307-1309
  • 2.­1313-1314
  • 2.­1321-1322
  • 2.­1329
  • 2.­1354
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1391
  • 2.­1393
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1399-1401
  • 2.­1407
  • 2.­1411
  • 2.­1413
  • 2.­1415-1416
  • 2.­1419
  • 2.­1424
  • 2.­1426-1427
  • 2.­1431-1435
  • 2.­1437
  • 2.­1439-1443
  • 2.­1445
  • 2.­1447-1448
  • 2.­1450
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1455
  • 2.­1462-1464
  • 2.­1466
  • 2.­1481-1483
  • 2.­1489-1491
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1501-1503
  • 2.­1508
  • 2.­1511-1515
  • 2.­1518-1520
  • 2.­1523
  • 2.­1525-1529
  • 2.­1533-1535
  • 2.­1547
  • 2.­1563-1565
  • 2.­1570
  • 2.­1588-1591
  • 2.­1593-1594
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1615-1631
  • 2.­1633
  • 2.­1644-1645
  • 2.­1650-1651
  • 2.­1654-1656
  • 2.­1659-1662
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1669-1673
  • 2.­1676
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1682-1684
  • 2.­1686-1692
  • 2.­1697
  • 2.­1699-1700
  • 2.­1707-1708
  • 2.­1721-1722
  • 2.­1724-1732
  • 2.­1734-1735
  • 2.­1740
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1744-1745
  • 2.­1748-1749
  • 2.­1752-1754
  • 2.­1758
  • 2.­1760-1765
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1771
  • 2.­1773-1774
  • 2.­1783-1785
  • 2.­1787
  • 2.­1792-1798
  • 2.­1800
  • 2.­1821-1822
  • 2.­1824-1825
  • 2.­1827-1828
  • 2.­1836-1838
  • 2.­1840
  • 2.­1842-1843
  • 2.­1847
  • 2.­1849
  • 2.­1851-1852
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1861-1864
  • 2.­1881-1883
  • 2.­1885
  • 2.­1890
  • 2.­1893
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1913-1917
  • 2.­1919-1920
  • 2.­1922
  • 2.­1925-1935
  • 2.­1937
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1950-1961
  • 2.­1963
  • 2.­1967-1969
  • 2.­1971
  • 2.­1975
  • 2.­1985
  • 2.­1987
  • 2.­1991
  • 2.­1999
  • 2.­2010
  • c.­3
  • n.­203
  • n.­284
  • n.­364
  • n.­373
  • n.­437
  • n.­447
  • n.­563
  • n.­566
  • n.­805
  • n.­824
  • n.­881
  • n.­895
  • n.­903
  • n.­974-975
  • n.­986
  • n.­1037
  • n.­1145
  • n.­1168
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1245
  • n.­1256-1257
  • n.­1316-1317
  • n.­1330
  • n.­1402
  • n.­1431
  • n.­1436
  • n.­1442
  • n.­1448-1449
  • n.­1457-1458
  • n.­1473
  • n.­1478-1479
  • n.­1485-1486
  • n.­1489
  • n.­1496-1497
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1559
  • n.­1651
  • n.­1664
  • n.­1667-1668
  • n.­1680
  • n.­1683
  • n.­1710
  • n.­1714
  • n.­1728
  • n.­1746
  • n.­1820
  • n.­1826
  • n.­1932
  • n.­1934
  • n.­1971
  • n.­1983-1984
  • n.­1993
  • n.­2045
  • n.­2047
  • n.­2052
  • n.­2091
  • n.­2105
  • n.­2107
  • n.­2109
  • n.­2169
  • n.­2171-2172
  • n.­2175-2177
  • n.­2184
  • n.­2194
  • n.­2198
  • n.­2210
  • n.­2213
  • n.­2250
  • n.­2253-2255
  • n.­2305
  • n.­2308
  • n.­2310-2312
  • n.­2369
  • n.­2376
  • n.­2428
  • n.­2477-2478
  • n.­2484
  • n.­2486
  • n.­2546
  • n.­2549
  • n.­2554
  • n.­2568
  • n.­2571-2572
  • n.­2577
  • n.­2579
  • n.­2595
  • n.­2605
  • n.­2634
  • n.­2643
  • n.­2651
  • n.­2659
  • n.­2697
  • n.­2700-2701
  • n.­2716
  • n.­2794
  • n.­2854
  • n.­2880
  • n.­2893-2894
  • n.­2906
  • n.­2940
  • g.­72
  • g.­91
  • g.­123
  • g.­169
  • g.­211
  • g.­247
  • g.­470
  • g.­491
g.­254

maṇḍala of liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba’i dkyil ’khor
  • rnam grol ba’i dkyil ’khor
  • rnam grol dkyil ’khor
  • rnam par thar pa’i dkyil ’khor
  • rnam thar pa’i dkyil ’khor
  • bi mo k+Sha maN+Dala
  • bi mo k+Sha maN+Da la
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
  • རྣམ་གྲོལ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
  • རྣམ་གྲོལ་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
  • རྣམ་ཐར་པའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
  • བི་མོ་ཀྵ་མཎྜལ།
  • བི་མོ་ཀྵ་མཎྜ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣamaṇḍala

This term seems to refer to any ritual device in itself sufficient to produce liberation; it may thus refer to the entire text of the AP, to an individual rite, to a mantra or a mudrā, or to a set of a corresponding mudrā and mantra.

Located in 112 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­8
  • i.­10
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­158
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­278-279
  • 2.­319
  • 2.­337
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­440
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­599
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­710-711
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­903
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­961-965
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­990
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1008
  • 2.­1010-1011
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1023-1024
  • 2.­1036
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1051-1052
  • 2.­1060
  • 2.­1071
  • 2.­1102
  • 2.­1108-1109
  • 2.­1111
  • 2.­1114
  • 2.­1135
  • 2.­1160
  • 2.­1188
  • 2.­1398-1399
  • 2.­1401-1402
  • 2.­1405-1407
  • 2.­1412-1414
  • 2.­1416
  • 2.­1515
  • 2.­1518
  • 2.­1657-1658
  • 2.­1687
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1784
  • 2.­1796
  • 2.­1827
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1918
  • 2.­1922
  • 2.­1936
  • 2.­2010
  • n.­255
  • n.­285
  • n.­301
  • n.­429
  • n.­902
  • n.­1407
  • n.­1431
  • n.­1436
  • n.­1489
  • n.­1494-1495
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1520
  • n.­1654
  • n.­1664
  • n.­1667
  • n.­1680
  • n.­1683
  • n.­1983
  • n.­2486
  • n.­2548
  • n.­2701
g.­255

Maṇḍalin

Wylie:
  • dkyil ’khor pa
Tibetan:
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍalin

The shorter form of the name Mahāmaṇḍalin.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1915-1916
g.­256

Māndhātṛ

Wylie:
  • mAn d+hA ta
Tibetan:
  • མཱན་དྷཱ་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • māndhātṛ

One of the ancient kings of the royal Ikṣvāku line, who, according to legend, conquered the three worlds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­777
  • 2.­1286
g.­257

Maṇibhadra

Wylie:
  • nor bu bzang po
  • nor bu bzang
  • nor bzangs kyi sras
  • nor bu bzangs po’i sras
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་བཟང་པོ།
  • ནོར་བུ་བཟང་།
  • ནོར་བཟངས་ཀྱི་སྲས།
  • ནོར་བུ་བཟངས་པོའི་སྲས།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇibhadra

A yakṣa king, the brother of Kubera.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­607
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­908
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1183
  • 2.­1213
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1953
g.­258

Maṇindhara

Wylie:
  • nor bu ’chang ba
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་འཆང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇindhara

One of the wheel-turning monarchs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1195
g.­259

Maṇitārā

Wylie:
  • ma Ni tA ra
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཎི་ཏཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇitārā

One of the mantric forms of Tārā’s name.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1387
  • n.­1929
g.­260

Mañjuśrī

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­442
  • 2.­463
  • 2.­1006
  • n.­926
  • g.­117
g.­261

māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
  • mA ra
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
  • མཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

When spelled with the lowercase, the term refers to the minions of Māra.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­640
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­776
  • 2.­803
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1272
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1320
  • 2.­1372
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1521
  • 2.­1895
  • n.­1217
g.­262

Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

The demon that personifies evil and opposes the teachings of the Buddha.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­129
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­806
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1287
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1302
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1676
  • 2.­1766
  • 2.­1798
  • 2.­1827
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1900
  • 2.­1961
  • 2.­1967
  • n.­265
  • n.­1816
  • g.­261
  • g.­385
g.­263

Mārgāgeya

Wylie:
  • gar ge
Tibetan:
  • གར་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • mārgāgeya

One of the ancient sages.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1634
g.­264

Marvelous Amogha Display of the Pure Jewel

Wylie:
  • nor bu dri ma med pa don yod pa’i rnam par ’phrul pa bkod pa
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ་དོན་ཡོད་པའི་རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པ་བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­maṇyamogha­vikurvaṇa­vyūha

The name of a vidyādhara emperor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1515
g.­265

mātṛ

Wylie:
  • ma mo
Tibetan:
  • མ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mātṛ

A class of dangerous female spirits.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­374
  • 2.­397
  • 2.­462
  • 2.­480
  • 2.­489
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­760
  • 2.­797
  • 2.­1209
  • 2.­1371
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1578
  • 2.­1707
  • n.­753-754
  • g.­233
g.­266

Matsya

Wylie:
  • nya
Tibetan:
  • ཉ།
Sanskrit:
  • matsya

One of the avatars of Viṣṇu.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1549
  • n.­1472
g.­267

meditative concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
  • dhyA na
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
  • དྷྱཱ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

A type of meditative absorption with four stages.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­1058-1059
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1551
  • 2.­1804
  • 2.­1856
  • n.­1811
  • n.­2666
  • g.­400
g.­268

Mount Kailash

Wylie:
  • ti se
Tibetan:
  • ཏི་སེ།
Sanskrit:
  • kailāsa

Normally regarded the same as Mount Sumeru; in some contexts, though, it appears to be different.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1684-1685
g.­269

Mount Meru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • meru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1684
g.­270

Mount Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
  • lhun po
  • me ru
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
  • ལྷུན་པོ།
  • མེ་རུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­7
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­277
  • 2.­747
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­800
  • 2.­862
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1141
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1305
  • 2.­1319-1320
  • 2.­1362
  • 2.­1458
  • 2.­1506
  • 2.­1616
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1716
  • 2.­1728
  • 2.­1898
  • 2.­1911
  • 2.­1966
  • 2.­1974
  • n.­641
  • n.­1124
  • n.­1167
  • n.­1172
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1633
  • n.­1637
  • n.­2566
  • g.­4
  • g.­151
  • g.­179
  • g.­184
  • g.­268
  • g.­269
g.­271

mudrā

Wylie:
  • phyag rgya
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • mudrā

A seal, in both the literal and metaphoric sense; a ritual hand gesture.

Located in 435 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­12
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­124-131
  • 2.­133
  • 2.­135-136
  • 2.­138-140
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­147-149
  • 2.­151-152
  • 2.­154
  • 2.­156-161
  • 2.­165-166
  • 2.­168
  • 2.­171-172
  • 2.­175-176
  • 2.­178-201
  • 2.­225-226
  • 2.­229-234
  • 2.­276-277
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­283
  • 2.­289-290
  • 2.­298
  • 2.­300-301
  • 2.­306
  • 2.­314-315
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­328-329
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­333
  • 2.­337
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­365
  • 2.­400
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­440
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­457
  • 2.­476
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­494
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­515
  • 2.­524-525
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­539
  • 2.­544
  • 2.­546-547
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­640-641
  • 2.­643
  • 2.­687
  • 2.­705
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­714-715
  • 2.­722
  • 2.­733
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­748-749
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­765
  • 2.­772
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­820
  • 2.­844
  • 2.­858-859
  • 2.­866
  • 2.­869-871
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­879
  • 2.­883
  • 2.­885-886
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­937
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­982
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1050
  • 2.­1108-1114
  • 2.­1116-1117
  • 2.­1120
  • 2.­1131
  • 2.­1136-1137
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1169
  • 2.­1178-1179
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1250
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1304-1305
  • 2.­1315-1327
  • 2.­1374
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1391
  • 2.­1399-1401
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1413
  • 2.­1415
  • 2.­1427
  • 2.­1437-1438
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1463
  • 2.­1466
  • 2.­1468
  • 2.­1487
  • 2.­1489
  • 2.­1491
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1508
  • 2.­1511
  • 2.­1515
  • 2.­1519-1520
  • 2.­1522
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1534-1535
  • 2.­1539
  • 2.­1542
  • 2.­1555
  • 2.­1563-1566
  • 2.­1570
  • 2.­1593
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1613
  • 2.­1616-1626
  • 2.­1646
  • 2.­1649-1651
  • 2.­1653
  • 2.­1655-1657
  • 2.­1659-1663
  • 2.­1667
  • 2.­1680
  • 2.­1690-1691
  • 2.­1716
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1724
  • 2.­1726-1727
  • 2.­1732
  • 2.­1740
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1744-1746
  • 2.­1748-1749
  • 2.­1752-1753
  • 2.­1760-1761
  • 2.­1763
  • 2.­1765
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1773-1774
  • 2.­1779-1782
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1792-1798
  • 2.­1819-1825
  • 2.­1827-1828
  • 2.­1831
  • 2.­1834-1835
  • 2.­1852
  • 2.­1856
  • 2.­1863
  • 2.­1881-1883
  • 2.­1885
  • 2.­1912-1913
  • 2.­1915
  • 2.­1917
  • 2.­1922
  • 2.­1925-1928
  • 2.­1930
  • 2.­1936
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1953
  • 2.­1955
  • 2.­1959-1978
  • 2.­2010
  • c.­3
  • n.­258
  • n.­266
  • n.­271
  • n.­284
  • n.­290
  • n.­292
  • n.­297
  • n.­301
  • n.­321-325
  • n.­350
  • n.­362
  • n.­371
  • n.­378
  • n.­384-385
  • n.­438
  • n.­456
  • n.­483-484
  • n.­532
  • n.­627
  • n.­821
  • n.­905
  • n.­1033
  • n.­1054
  • n.­1120
  • n.­1131
  • n.­1145
  • n.­1318
  • n.­1433
  • n.­1615
  • n.­1624
  • n.­1627
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1651
  • n.­1867
  • n.­1933
  • n.­1937
  • n.­1983-1984
  • n.­2111
  • n.­2132
  • n.­2168
  • n.­2177
  • n.­2197
  • n.­2252-2253
  • n.­2326
  • n.­2374
  • n.­2380
  • n.­2537
  • n.­2539
  • n.­2577
  • n.­2579-2580
  • n.­2643
  • n.­2659-2660
  • n.­2697-2698
  • n.­2700
  • n.­2705
  • n.­2711
  • n.­2793-2794
  • n.­2868
  • n.­2915
  • n.­2918
  • n.­2926
  • g.­169
  • g.­254
  • g.­479
g.­272

Naḍakūbara

Wylie:
  • gar mkhan mchog
Tibetan:
  • གར་མཁན་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • naḍakūbara

One of the sons of Kubera.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1532
  • g.­283
g.­273

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
  • nA ga
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
  • ནཱ་ག
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 222 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­261
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­315
  • 2.­321
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­373
  • 2.­384-390
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­421-422
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­454
  • 2.­473
  • 2.­490
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­496
  • 2.­498
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­564
  • 2.­587-588
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­631
  • 2.­669-670
  • 2.­679
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­697-698
  • 2.­728-729
  • 2.­742-743
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­800
  • 2.­807
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­879-880
  • 2.­897
  • 2.­907
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1041
  • 2.­1077
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1133
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1150-1151
  • 2.­1153
  • 2.­1163-1164
  • 2.­1170
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1210
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1261
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1269
  • 2.­1271
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1301
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1311
  • 2.­1375
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1452-1453
  • 2.­1458
  • 2.­1471
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1481
  • 2.­1484
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1499
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1550
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1578
  • 2.­1589
  • 2.­1608
  • 2.­1616
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1642
  • 2.­1675
  • 2.­1684
  • 2.­1702
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1711
  • 2.­1716
  • 2.­1759
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1797
  • 2.­1812
  • 2.­1848
  • 2.­1852
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1862-1872
  • 2.­1874
  • 2.­1876
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1900
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1915-1917
  • 2.­1919-1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­1940
  • 2.­1959
  • 2.­1967
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­112
  • n.­350
  • n.­473
  • n.­513
  • n.­556
  • n.­608
  • n.­617
  • n.­696
  • n.­783
  • n.­798
  • n.­872-873
  • n.­1095
  • n.­1157
  • n.­1163
  • n.­1167
  • n.­1322
  • n.­1471
  • n.­1776
  • n.­1843
  • n.­2227
  • n.­2423
  • n.­2686
  • n.­2813
  • n.­2817
  • n.­2910
  • g.­59
  • g.­67
  • g.­126
  • g.­173
  • g.­182
  • g.­222
  • g.­234
  • g.­240
  • g.­252
  • g.­274
  • g.­275
  • g.­277
  • g.­279
  • g.­284
  • g.­356
  • g.­365
  • g.­373
  • g.­420
  • g.­441
  • g.­444
  • g.­462
  • g.­469
  • g.­474
g.­274

Nāgapāśa

Wylie:
  • klu’i zhags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་ཞགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgapāśa

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1865
g.­275

nāginī

Wylie:
  • klu’i bu mo
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāginī

A female nāga.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1041
  • 2.­1150
g.­276

nakṣatra

Wylie:
  • skar
  • rgyu skar
Tibetan:
  • སྐར།
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • nakṣatra

A lunar asterism, often personified as a semidivine being.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­126
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­779
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­810
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1124
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1279
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1303-1304
  • 2.­1462
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1552
  • 2.­1637
  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1682
  • 2.­1846
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1883
  • n.­260
  • n.­769
  • n.­2740
  • g.­57
  • g.­342
g.­277

Nanda

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­545
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1041
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1210
  • 2.­1311
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1684
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1716
  • 2.­1940
  • n.­1167
  • n.­1534
g.­278

Nandikeśvara

Wylie:
  • nan di ke shwa ra
  • dga’ byed dbang phyug
  • dga’ ba’i dbang phyug
  • dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • ནན་དི་ཀེ་ཤྭ་ར།
  • དགའ་བྱེད་དབང་ཕྱུག
  • དགའ་བའི་དབང་ཕྱུག
  • དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • nandikeśvara

This seems to be another name of Nandi, Śiva’s bull.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­968
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1734
  • n.­1533
g.­279

Nandopananda

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo dang nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ་དང་ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandopananda

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­343
  • 2.­1865
  • n.­1534
g.­280

Narasiṃha

Wylie:
  • mi’i seng ge
Tibetan:
  • མིའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • narasiṃha

The fourth incarnation of Viṣṇu.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1284
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1577
  • 2.­1701
g.­281

Naravāhana

Wylie:
  • mi la zhon pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་ལ་ཞོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • naravāhana

Another name of Kubera.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­783
g.­282

Nārāyaṇa

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
  • sred med kyi bu
  • sred med
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
  • སྲེད་མེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
  • སྲེད་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇa

One of the emanations of Viṣṇu.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­561
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­800-801
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­1209
  • 2.­1371
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1478
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1541
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1577
  • 2.­1893
g.­283

Navakūpara

Wylie:
  • nad kU be ra
Tibetan:
  • ནད་ཀཱུ་བེ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • navakūpara

A variant spelling of Naḍakūbara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­783
g.­284

Navaśīrṣaka

Wylie:
  • mgo bo dgu pa
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་བོ་དགུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • navaśīrṣaka

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1481
  • 2.­1863
g.­285

Nīladaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • dbyug sngon
Tibetan:
  • དབྱུག་སྔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • nīladaṇḍa

A protector deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­286

Nīlakaṇṭha

Wylie:
  • mgrin sngon
  • mgrin pa sngon po
  • mgul sngon
  • nI la kaN Tha
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་སྔོན།
  • མགྲིན་པ་སྔོན་པོ།
  • མགུལ་སྔོན།
  • ནཱི་ལ་ཀཎ་ཋ།
Sanskrit:
  • nīlakaṇṭha

Literally “Blue Throat,” he is associated with the legend of the churning of the great ocean. In the Buddhist context he is Vajrapāṇi, and in the Hindu context, Śiva. In the AP the name may refer to one of the lokeśvara emanations of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­128
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­1321
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1575
  • 2.­1893
  • n.­964
  • n.­1167
g.­287

Nīlakaṇṭhī

Wylie:
  • mgrin sngon
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་སྔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • nīlakaṇṭhī

A goddess associated with Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­288

Nīlāmbaradhara

Wylie:
  • gos sngon gyon pa
Tibetan:
  • གོས་སྔོན་གྱོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nīlāmbaradhara

A form of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­289

Nirmita

Wylie:
  • ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmita

One of the high heavens.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1038
g.­290

Nisumbha

Wylie:
  • nges par gnod mdzes
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་གནོད་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • nisumbha

The name of an asura.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­998
g.­291

not turning back

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avaivartika

See “irreversible.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­364
  • 2.­1025
  • 2.­1061
  • 2.­1117
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1469
  • 2.­1505
  • 2.­1518
  • 2.­1618-1619
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1825-1826
  • 2.­1882-1883
  • 2.­1894
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1934
  • 2.­1937
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1958
  • n.­2474
g.­292

Nṛpaprabhu

Wylie:
  • mi bdag
Tibetan:
  • མི་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • nṛpaprabhu

A character from literature (it is not clear which one).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1286
g.­293

Oṁkāra

Wylie:
  • oM kA ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨོཾ་ཀཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • oṁkāra

An epithet or form of Brahmā, who is often represented by the sound oṁ.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
g.­294

One with the Great Gaze of the Holder of the Jewel and the Lotus

Wylie:
  • nor bu chen po pad+ma la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་ཆེན་པོ་པདྨ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maṇi­padma­vilokita

The name of an emperor. “The Jewel and the Lotus” (Maṇipadma) could in itself be treated as a proper name, as it happens to be the name of one of the lokeśvara emanations of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­742
g.­295

Padmacāriṇī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma spyod byed ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་སྤྱོད་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmacāriṇī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­296

Padmahasta

Wylie:
  • phyag na pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་ན་པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmahasta

This seems to be another name for Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­142
g.­297

Padmakoṣṭhī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma ko ti
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་ཀོ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • padmakoṣṭhī

It is not clear who this goddess is.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­298

Padma­kula­sundarī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i rigs mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་རིགས་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­kula­sundarī

A goddess (probably the same as Padmasundarī) in one of the paintings of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­587
  • 2.­599
  • g.­304
g.­299

Padmanābha

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i lte
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་ལྟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmanābha

One of the lokeśvaras.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
  • n.­2221
g.­300

Padma­narteśvarī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma gar gyi dbang
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་གར་གྱི་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­narteśvarī

A goddess associated with Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­301

Padmanetrī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i spyan ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་སྤྱན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmanetrī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­302

Padmapāṇi

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i phyag
  • phyag na pad+ma
  • pad+ma ’chang
  • pad+ma pA Ni
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་ཕྱག
  • ཕྱག་ན་པདྨ།
  • པདྨ་འཆང་།
  • པདྨ་པཱ་ཎི།
Sanskrit:
  • padmapāṇi

“One with the Lotus in His Hand” is one of the lokeśvara emanations of Avalokiteśvara and, possibly, also another name of Amoghapāśa as well as an epithet of Avalokiteśvara himself.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­168
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­663
  • 2.­802
  • 2.­814
  • 2.­853
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­1030
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1177
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1484
  • 2.­1548
  • n.­309
  • n.­770
  • n.­1295
g.­303

Padma­prabhāsinī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma rab snang ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་རབ་སྣང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­prabhāsinī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­304

Padmasundarī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma sun da ri
  • pad+ma sun d+ha ri
  • pad+ma mdzes dga’
  • pad+ma mdzes dga’ ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་སུན་ད་རི།
  • པདྨ་སུན་དྷ་རི།
  • པདྨ་མཛེས་དགའ།
  • པདྨ་མཛེས་དགའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmasundarī

One of the vidyā goddesses, possibly the same as Padma­kula­sundarī.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­682-683
  • 2.­996
  • 2.­1040
  • n.­1058
  • g.­298
g.­305

Padmasundarī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmasundarī

This seems to be another name of Unfailing Lotus Noose-Goad as Pure as a Lotus.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1755
g.­306

Padmasundarī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma rigs mdzes ma
  • pad+ma’i rigs mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་རིགས་མཛེས་མ།
  • པདྨའི་རིགས་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmasundarī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­705-706
  • 2.­1749
g.­307

Padmāvalokita­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • pad+ma gzigs pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་གཟིགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • padmāvalokita­dhvaja

“Marked with a Lotus Gaze,” one of the tathāgatas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1187
g.­308

Padmāvatī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • padmāvatī

Another name of Lakṣmī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­737
g.­309

Padmeśvara

Wylie:
  • pad+ma phyug
  • pad+me shwa ra
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་ཕྱུག
  • པདྨེ་ཤྭ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • padmeśvara

One of the lokeśvaras; this could be an epithet of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1548
  • n.­1677
  • n.­2221
g.­310

Padmoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • pad+ma gtsug tor
  • pad+ma’i gtsug tor
  • pad+moSh+NI Sha
  • pad+mo Sh+NI Sha
  • pad+ma uSh+NI Sha
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་གཙུག་ཏོར།
  • པདྨའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
  • པདྨོཥྞཱི་ཥ།
  • པདྨོ་ཥྞཱི་ཥ།
  • པདྨ་ཨུཥྞཱི་ཥ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmoṣṇīṣa

“Lotus Uṣṇīṣa,” this seems to be a highly esoteric emanation of Amoghapāśa, also called in the text Amogharāja-Padmoṣṇīṣa.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1158-1162
  • 2.­1164-1166
  • 2.­1168
  • 2.­1172
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1177-1178
  • 2.­1182
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1186-1189
  • 2.­1191
  • 2.­1193-1194
  • 2.­1197
  • 2.­1199
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1289
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1310
  • 2.­1328-1329
  • 2.­1331
  • 2.­1335
  • 2.­1353
  • 2.­1356
  • 2.­1379
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1383
  • 2.­1388
  • 2.­1398
  • n.­3
  • n.­1693-1695
  • n.­1697
  • n.­1720
  • n.­1722
  • n.­1848
  • n.­1850
  • g.­30
  • g.­31
  • g.­46
  • g.­311
  • g.­312
g.­311

Padmoṣṇīṣamaṇi

Wylie:
  • pad+ma gtsug tor gyi nor bu
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་གཙུག་ཏོར་གྱི་ནོར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmoṣṇīṣamaṇi

Padmoṣṇīṣamaṇi (“Jewel of the Lotus Uṣṇīṣa”) seems to be the longer version of the name Padmoṣṇīṣa (“Lotus Uṣṇīṣa”).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1157
g.­312

Padmoṣṇīṣapāśa

Wylie:
  • pad+mo Sh+NI Sha pA sha
Tibetan:
  • པདྨོ་ཥྞཱི་ཥ་པཱ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmoṣṇīṣapāśa

A variant of the name Amogharāja-Padmoṣṇīṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1161
g.­313

Padmoṣṇīṣarāja

Wylie:
  • pad+ma gtsug tor gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་གཙུག་ཏོར་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmoṣṇīṣarāja

One of the tathāgatas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1502
g.­314

Padmottara

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i bla ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmottara

One of the former buddhas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1186
g.­315

pala

Wylie:
  • srang
Tibetan:
  • སྲང་།
Sanskrit:
  • pala

A unit of weight equal to about forty-eight grams.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­469
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­923
  • 2.­955
  • 2.­1020
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1461
  • 2.­1561
  • n.­1372
  • n.­1507
  • n.­1571
  • n.­2069
  • n.­2244
g.­316

Pāñcika

Wylie:
  • lngas rtsen
Tibetan:
  • ལྔས་རྩེན།
Sanskrit:
  • pāñcika

One of the yakṣa kings.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­783
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1395
  • n.­1781
g.­317

Pāṇḍaravāsinī

Wylie:
  • gos dkar can
  • gos dkar mo
  • gos dkar po
  • paN+DA ra bA si ni
Tibetan:
  • གོས་དཀར་ཅན།
  • གོས་དཀར་མོ།
  • གོས་དཀར་པོ།
  • པཎྜཱ་ར་བཱ་སི་ནི།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṇḍaravāsinī

A Buddhist goddess.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­996
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1942-1943
  • n.­1855
g.­318

Pāṇḍava

Wylie:
  • skya bseng
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱ་བསེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṇḍava

One of the rival clans in the Mahābhārata.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­775
  • n.­1162
g.­319

pannaga

Wylie:
  • sdig sbrul
Tibetan:
  • སྡིག་སྦྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • pannaga

A class of malevolent serpent-beings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­51
  • 2.­1442
g.­320

Panoptic Noose-Gaze Like an Amogha Wheel

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i ’khor lo kun nas rnam par gzigs pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་འཁོར་ལོ་ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­cakra­samanta­pāśavilokita

The name of an emperor of the vidyādharas. The word “noose” is not reflected in the Tibetan.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1450
g.­321

Pāramitā

Wylie:
  • pha rol du phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་དུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāramitā

Any of the six or ten perfections personified.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1040
  • 2.­1404
g.­322

Paranirmita­vaśavartin

Wylie:
  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • paranirmita­vaśavartin

One of the high heavens.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1038
g.­323

Paśupati

Wylie:
  • phyugs bdag
  • pa shu pa ti
  • bA shu pa ti
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱུགས་བདག
  • པ་ཤུ་པ་ཏི།
  • བཱ་ཤུ་པ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • paśupati

“Lord of beings in the bonds [of existence],” one of the epithets of Śiva.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­19
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­535
  • 2.­549
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­650
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­703
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­878
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1408
  • n.­800
g.­324

Piṅgala

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgala

A Śaiva deity, an attendant of Śiva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1532
g.­325

Piṅgalī

Wylie:
  • ser skya ma nyid
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ་མ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgalī

One of the wrathful goddesses, prominent also in Śaiva Śakta traditions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1750
g.­326

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­321
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­761
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1204
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1272
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1389
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1459
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1589
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1674
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1895
  • n.­144
  • n.­1349
  • n.­1505
  • n.­2720
g.­327

Potala

Wylie:
  • po ta la
  • gru ’dzin
  • po Ta la
Tibetan:
  • པོ་ཏ་ལ།
  • གྲུ་འཛིན།
  • པོ་ཊ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • potala

The mountain in the paradise of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­6
  • 1.­1
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­583-584
  • 2.­699
  • 2.­707
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­984-985
  • 2.­1037
  • 2.­1041-1042
  • 2.­1047
  • 2.­1133
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1183
  • 2.­1195
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1430
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1612-1614
  • 2.­1684-1685
  • 2.­1796
  • n.­1047
g.­328

Prabhañjana

Wylie:
  • rab ’joms
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཇོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhañjana

Unidentified.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­783
g.­329

practice

Wylie:
  • sgrub pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sādhana

See “sādhana.”

Located in 188 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5-6
  • i.­8
  • i.­10
  • 2.­2-3
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­50
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­122-124
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­201
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­279-280
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­291-293
  • 2.­319-320
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­330-331
  • 2.­334
  • 2.­342-343
  • 2.­347-348
  • 2.­352
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­380-381
  • 2.­390-391
  • 2.­397-398
  • 2.­401
  • 2.­416
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­433-434
  • 2.­438-439
  • 2.­467
  • 2.­473-475
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­829-830
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­839-840
  • 2.­854-856
  • 2.­858
  • 2.­885-886
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­896-897
  • 2.­910
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­926
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­950
  • 2.­957
  • 2.­961
  • 2.­965
  • 2.­983
  • 2.­990-991
  • 2.­1049
  • 2.­1131
  • 2.­1135
  • 2.­1137
  • 2.­1139
  • 2.­1146
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1166-1167
  • 2.­1189
  • 2.­1192-1194
  • 2.­1199-1202
  • 2.­1215-1216
  • 2.­1252
  • 2.­1262
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1288
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1314-1315
  • 2.­1323
  • 2.­1380-1381
  • 2.­1388-1389
  • 2.­1399
  • 2.­1415
  • 2.­1417-1418
  • 2.­1427-1428
  • 2.­1440
  • 2.­1447
  • 2.­1462
  • 2.­1465
  • 2.­1469-1471
  • 2.­1487
  • 2.­1492
  • 2.­1518-1520
  • 2.­1522-1523
  • 2.­1527
  • 2.­1551
  • 2.­1567
  • 2.­1615
  • 2.­1645
  • 2.­1656-1657
  • 2.­1659
  • 2.­1664
  • 2.­1668
  • 2.­1671
  • 2.­1677
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1687
  • 2.­1695
  • 2.­1720
  • 2.­1736
  • 2.­1742-1744
  • 2.­1762
  • 2.­1771
  • 2.­1791
  • 2.­1795
  • 2.­1800
  • 2.­1818-1819
  • 2.­1828
  • 2.­1835-1836
  • 2.­1844
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1876
  • 2.­1884
  • 2.­1888
  • 2.­1916
  • 2.­1924
  • 2.­1938
  • 2.­1967
  • 2.­1975
  • c.­3
  • n.­169
  • n.­476
  • n.­672
  • n.­1720
  • n.­2080
  • n.­2545
  • n.­2656
  • g.­364
  • g.­431
g.­330

Prajñāpāramitā

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñāpāramitā

The goddess who is the personification of the perfection of wisdom.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­638-639
g.­331

Pramardana

Wylie:
  • rab ’joms
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཇོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • pramardana

This could be the name of more than one deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­332

prastha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • prastha

Two prasthas equal half an āḍhaka, which is about three and a half or four pounds.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1696
g.­333

Pratyaṅgirā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • pratyaṅgirā

A form of the goddess Durgā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­604
  • n.­904
g.­334

pratyekabuddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
  • pra t+ye ka bud+d+ha
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
  • པྲ་ཏྱེ་ཀ་བུདྡྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1744
  • n.­1682
g.­335

preta

Wylie:
  • yi dags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­32
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­778
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1204
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1378
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1830
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1895
  • n.­1349
  • n.­1404
  • n.­1860
  • n.­2720
  • g.­192
g.­336

Pṛthivī

Wylie:
  • sa’i lha mo
  • sa’i lha
Tibetan:
  • སའི་ལྷ་མོ།
  • སའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • pṛthivī

The goddess of the earth.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1649
g.­337

pūjā

Wylie:
  • mchod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūjā

A form of worship that involves offerings.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 2.­283
  • 2.­290-291
  • 2.­294
  • 2.­298
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­839
  • 2.­918
  • 2.­1469
  • n.­1012
g.­338

Pure Abode

Wylie:
  • gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhāvāsa

One of the god realms.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-2
  • 1.­21
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­699
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1920
  • n.­78
g.­339

Pūrṇabhadra

Wylie:
  • gang ba bzang po
  • gang ba bzang
  • gang ba
Tibetan:
  • གང་བ་བཟང་པོ།
  • གང་བ་བཟང་།
  • གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇabhadra

One of the yakṣa kings.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­783
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1549
g.­340

Puṣkiriṇī

Wylie:
  • rdzing
Tibetan:
  • རྫིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣkiriṇī
  • puṣkariṇī

One of the groves in the realm of Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­17
g.­341

Puṣpadantī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i so can
  • me tog
  • me tog tshems
  • pus pa dan ti
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་སོ་ཅན།
  • མེ་ཏོག
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཚེམས།
  • པུས་པ་དན་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣpadantī

A rākṣasa goddess.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1395
g.­342

Puṣya

Wylie:
  • rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣya

The name of a lunar asterism or nakṣatra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­606
  • 2.­1045
  • 2.­1682
g.­343

pūta

Wylie:
  • srul po
Tibetan:
  • སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūta

A class of spirits that seems to be identical with the pūtanas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­808
g.­344

pūtana

Wylie:
  • srul po
Tibetan:
  • སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūtana

A class of spirits similar to vetālas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­591
  • g.­343
g.­345

Rāhu

Wylie:
  • sgra gcan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་གཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāhu

The celestial demon of the eclipse, regarded as the leader, or one of the leaders, of the asuras.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­779
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1967
g.­346

rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.

Located in 137 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­7
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­51-52
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­300
  • 2.­321
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­345-346
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­441
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­451
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­489
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­495
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­697-698
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­728
  • 2.­743
  • 2.­761
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­800
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­825
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­844
  • 2.­879
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­933
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1134
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1153
  • 2.­1163-1164
  • 2.­1178-1179
  • 2.­1204
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1221
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1267
  • 2.­1272
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1320
  • 2.­1378
  • 2.­1389
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1452-1453
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1459
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1484
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1546
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1589
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1674
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1766
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1814
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1895
  • 2.­1900
  • 2.­1959
  • 2.­1967
  • n.­796
  • n.­966
  • n.­1274
  • n.­1349
  • n.­1819
  • n.­1860
  • n.­2720
  • n.­2910
  • g.­51
  • g.­85
  • g.­341
  • g.­348
  • g.­355
g.­347

Rākṣasī

Wylie:
  • srin mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­996
g.­348

rākṣasī

Wylie:
  • srin mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasī

A female rākṣasa.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­587
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­683
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­1041
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1644
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1717
  • n.­872
  • n.­1029
g.­349

Rāma

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rāma

The seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1284
  • g.­221
  • g.­396
g.­350

Ratnā

Wylie:
  • rin chen lha mo
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnā

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­351

Ratnagarbha

Wylie:
  • rin chen snying po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnagarbha

One of the tathāgatas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1502
g.­352

Ratnapāṇi

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i lag pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་ལག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnapāṇi

One of the lokeśvara emanations of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­771
g.­353

Ratnaprabha

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaprabha

A character from literature (it is not clear which one).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1286
g.­354

Rātri

Wylie:
  • mtshan mo
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rātri

The goddess of the night.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­893
g.­355

Rāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • ji srid sgra sgrogs
Tibetan:
  • ཇི་སྲིད་སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rāvaṇa

The king of rākṣasas (a character in the Rāmāyaṇa).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1287
  • n.­1814
  • g.­217
  • g.­478
g.­356

Rāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • ’brug sgra
Tibetan:
  • འབྲུག་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāvaṇa

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1608
  • n.­2336
g.­357

reliquary

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • caitya

See “caitya.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­783
  • 2.­909
  • 2.­942
  • 2.­993
  • 2.­1446
g.­358

Rinchen Drup

Wylie:
  • rin chen grub
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the two Tibetan translators of this scripture.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­12
  • c.­3
g.­359

ritual

Wylie:
  • cho ga
Tibetan:
  • ཆོ་ག
Sanskrit:
  • kalpa

A ritual or a rite; in our presentation it is translated as “ritual” when it refers to a group or a cycle of rites, and as “rite” when it refers to an individual rite (the distinction, however, is blurred). The term can also refer to a text that is a collection of rites, such as the AP, in the sense of a manual of rites.

Located in 376 passages in the translation:

  • i.­6
  • i.­8
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­19
  • 2.­13-14
  • 2.­21
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­122-124
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­143
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­158
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­225-226
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­278
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­291
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­297
  • 2.­330
  • 2.­334
  • 2.­337
  • 2.­351-352
  • 2.­365-366
  • 2.­371-372
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­405
  • 2.­407
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­421-422
  • 2.­424-430
  • 2.­433-434
  • 2.­440
  • 2.­447-450
  • 2.­457
  • 2.­468
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­485-487
  • 2.­493
  • 2.­515
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­520-521
  • 2.­523-524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­536
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­593
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­614
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­643-644
  • 2.­678
  • 2.­682
  • 2.­684
  • 2.­692-693
  • 2.­701-703
  • 2.­709-711
  • 2.­714
  • 2.­719
  • 2.­733
  • 2.­741
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­772
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­810
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­841
  • 2.­844
  • 2.­855
  • 2.­857-858
  • 2.­866
  • 2.­870-871
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­883
  • 2.­885-886
  • 2.­901-903
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­908-910
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­916
  • 2.­926
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­937
  • 2.­946
  • 2.­965
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­978
  • 2.­982
  • 2.­1009
  • 2.­1020
  • 2.­1044
  • 2.­1050
  • 2.­1065
  • 2.­1080
  • 2.­1121
  • 2.­1123-1124
  • 2.­1126
  • 2.­1131
  • 2.­1134
  • 2.­1136-1138
  • 2.­1141
  • 2.­1146
  • 2.­1158
  • 2.­1174
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1188
  • 2.­1190
  • 2.­1193-1194
  • 2.­1197-1198
  • 2.­1206
  • 2.­1241
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1308-1309
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1388
  • 2.­1391
  • 2.­1394
  • 2.­1398
  • 2.­1400-1401
  • 2.­1420
  • 2.­1424-1425
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1435
  • 2.­1437
  • 2.­1449
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1480
  • 2.­1482
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1496-1497
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1519-1520
  • 2.­1523
  • 2.­1530
  • 2.­1547
  • 2.­1550-1554
  • 2.­1561
  • 2.­1563
  • 2.­1565
  • 2.­1569-1570
  • 2.­1593-1594
  • 2.­1596
  • 2.­1612
  • 2.­1624
  • 2.­1627
  • 2.­1632-1635
  • 2.­1638-1640
  • 2.­1642
  • 2.­1651
  • 2.­1655-1656
  • 2.­1658-1660
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1668-1669
  • 2.­1671-1672
  • 2.­1690
  • 2.­1695
  • 2.­1697
  • 2.­1699-1700
  • 2.­1714
  • 2.­1720
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1724
  • 2.­1731-1733
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1752
  • 2.­1760-1761
  • 2.­1763
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1773-1774
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1795-1796
  • 2.­1839
  • 2.­1852
  • 2.­1880-1882
  • 2.­1885
  • 2.­1888
  • 2.­1895
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1906-1907
  • 2.­1909-1910
  • 2.­1912-1913
  • 2.­1916-1917
  • 2.­1924-1925
  • 2.­1928
  • 2.­1936
  • 2.­1939
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1955-1957
  • 2.­1959-1960
  • 2.­1967
  • 2.­1975
  • 2.­1994
  • 2.­2009-2010
  • c.­3
  • n.­77
  • n.­86
  • n.­169
  • n.­267
  • n.­321
  • n.­334
  • n.­509
  • n.­527
  • n.­545
  • n.­589
  • n.­649
  • n.­672
  • n.­677
  • n.­688-689
  • n.­740
  • n.­785-786
  • n.­791
  • n.­911
  • n.­980
  • n.­1021
  • n.­1077
  • n.­1128
  • n.­1145
  • n.­1208
  • n.­1240
  • n.­1256
  • n.­1260
  • n.­1294
  • n.­1328
  • n.­1337
  • n.­1347
  • n.­1419
  • n.­1431
  • n.­1436
  • n.­1572
  • n.­1635
  • n.­1640
  • n.­1652
  • n.­1667
  • n.­1710
  • n.­1745
  • n.­1933-1934
  • n.­2077
  • n.­2085
  • n.­2088
  • n.­2091
  • n.­2169
  • n.­2184
  • n.­2250
  • n.­2253
  • n.­2255
  • n.­2295
  • n.­2311-2312
  • n.­2393
  • n.­2396
  • n.­2404
  • n.­2435
  • n.­2438
  • n.­2444
  • n.­2463
  • n.­2487
  • n.­2549
  • n.­2636
  • n.­2642-2643
  • n.­2854
  • n.­2883
  • n.­2907-2908
  • n.­2919
  • g.­114
  • g.­254
  • g.­271
  • g.­364
  • g.­405
  • g.­431
  • g.­452
g.­360

ṛṣi

Wylie:
  • drang srong
  • rI Shi
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
  • རཱི་ཥི།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

A class of celestial beings, the “sages”; in the convention adopted here, the term when left in Sanskrit denotes a nonhuman sage. The name, in the sense of a celestial sage, occurs also in the name of the constellation “Seven Ṛṣis” (saptarṣi) that corresponds to the seven stars of the Great Bear.

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­117
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­610-611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­697-698
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­841
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1042-1043
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1119
  • 2.­1150
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1170
  • 2.­1284
  • 2.­1353
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1668
  • 2.­1708
  • n.­261
  • n.­355
  • n.­632
  • n.­868
  • n.­1970
  • n.­2224
  • g.­86
  • g.­125
  • g.­263
  • g.­473
  • g.­500
g.­361

Rudra

Wylie:
  • drag po
  • ru dra
  • ru tra
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་པོ།
  • རུ་དྲ།
  • རུ་ཏྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • rudra

The god of tempests, related to Śiva.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­197
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­599
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­798
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1371
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1549
g.­362

Rudradatta

Wylie:
  • drag pos ’od byin
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་པོས་འོད་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • rudradatta

A character from literature (it is not clear which one).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1286
g.­363

Śacī

Wylie:
  • bde sogs
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་སོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • śacī

The wife of Indra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­46
g.­364

sādhana

Wylie:
  • sgrub pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sādhana

Formal practice done in sessions; in the context of the AP this can be any ritual practice aiming for a particular result.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­160
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­1627
  • 2.­1658
  • n.­1419
  • n.­2434
  • g.­329
g.­365

Sāgara

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­777
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1210
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1865
  • 2.­1868
  • 2.­1872
  • 2.­1874
g.­366

sage

Wylie:
  • thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • muni

An ancient title given to ascetics, monks, hermits, and saints, namely those who have attained the realization of a truth through their own contemplation and not by divine revelation. Here also used as a specific epithet for a buddha.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­556
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­801
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1145
  • 2.­1319
  • 2.­1326
  • 2.­1508
  • 2.­1527
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1624
  • 2.­1650-1651
  • 2.­1661
  • 2.­1687
  • 2.­1753
  • 2.­1755
  • n.­816
  • n.­1214
  • g.­370
g.­367

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­447
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­559-560
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­1119
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1251
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1571
  • 2.­1757
  • n.­827-828
  • n.­1731
  • g.­176
g.­368

śakti

Wylie:
  • nus pa
Tibetan:
  • ནུས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śakti

In colloquial usage, the term means “ability”; in a more esoteric sense, it denotes feminine energy and power; it is also used when referring to powerful female spirits (usually within the Śaiva pantheon).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­604
  • n.­904
g.­369

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­279
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1384
  • 2.­1681
  • 2.­1753
  • g.­370
g.­370

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­352
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­855
  • 2.­869
  • 2.­881
  • 2.­957
  • 2.­965
  • 2.­976
  • 2.­979
  • 2.­989-990
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1140
  • 2.­1146
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1156
  • 2.­1382
  • 2.­1394
  • 2.­1401
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1415
  • 2.­1417
  • 2.­1741-1742
  • 2.­1747
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1760
  • 2.­1773
  • 2.­1777-1778
  • 2.­1891
  • 2.­1940-1941
  • 2.­1944
  • n.­86
  • n.­542
  • n.­888
  • n.­930
  • n.­1214
  • n.­1301
  • n.­1457
  • n.­1663
  • n.­1925
  • n.­1992
  • g.­78
  • g.­230
  • g.­369
  • g.­387
  • g.­389
  • g.­502
g.­371

samādhi

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
  • ting ’dzin
  • sa mA d+hi
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
  • ཏིང་འཛིན།
  • ས་མཱ་དྷི།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.

In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­20
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­399
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­526-527
  • 2.­530
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­883
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1012
  • 2.­1058
  • 2.­1140-1142
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1171
  • 2.­1177
  • 2.­1188
  • 2.­1197
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1321
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1421
  • 2.­1431
  • 2.­1450
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1551
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1655
  • 2.­1657-1658
  • 2.­1760
  • 2.­1764
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1800
  • 2.­1838
  • 2.­1853
  • 2.­1883-1887
  • 2.­1889
  • 2.­1893
  • 2.­1919
  • 2.­1936
  • 2.­1957
  • 2.­1962
  • n.­580
  • n.­778
  • n.­1659
  • n.­2635
  • n.­2821-2822
  • n.­2824
  • n.­2881
  • g.­164
  • g.­225
g.­372

Samantabhadra

Wylie:
  • kun tu bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantabhadra

One of the sambhogakāya buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­365
  • g.­117
g.­373

Samantaparikarachattra

Wylie:
  • klu’i rgyal po kun nas ’khor ba’i gdugs
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ཀུན་ནས་འཁོར་བའི་གདུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­parikara­chattra

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1865
g.­374

Samarī

Wylie:
  • sa ma ri
Tibetan:
  • ས་མ་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • samarī

This could be the name or an epithet of one of the goddesses; its meaning is unclear.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­215
g.­375

samaya

Wylie:
  • dam tshig
  • sa ma ya
Tibetan:
  • དམ་ཚིག
  • ས་མ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • samaya

Literally “coming together,” samaya refers to precepts given by the teacher, the corresponding commitment by the pupil, and the bond that results, which can also be the bond between the practitioner and the deity or a spirit. It can also mean a special juncture or circumstance, or an ordinary time or season.

Located in 165 passages in the translation:

  • i.­7-8
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­13
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­136-138
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­365
  • 2.­425
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­657
  • 2.­685
  • 2.­737
  • 2.­817
  • 2.­872
  • 2.­876-878
  • 2.­880
  • 2.­883-884
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­961
  • 2.­963
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­984
  • 2.­1009-1010
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1105
  • 2.­1108
  • 2.­1114
  • 2.­1153
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1172-1173
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1306-1307
  • 2.­1315
  • 2.­1321-1322
  • 2.­1356
  • 2.­1365
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1393
  • 2.­1399-1401
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1411
  • 2.­1414-1417
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1455
  • 2.­1489
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1519
  • 2.­1553
  • 2.­1563
  • 2.­1567
  • 2.­1569
  • 2.­1624
  • 2.­1657
  • 2.­1660-1662
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1672
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1690
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1731
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1745-1746
  • 2.­1748-1749
  • 2.­1752-1754
  • 2.­1761-1762
  • 2.­1764-1765
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1770-1771
  • 2.­1773-1774
  • 2.­1784
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1792-1800
  • 2.­1823-1824
  • 2.­1838
  • 2.­1856
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1915-1916
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1955
  • 2.­1961
  • 2.­1964
  • 2.­1975
  • 2.­2002
  • 2.­2010
  • n.­90-91
  • n.­238
  • n.­272
  • n.­703
  • n.­1299
  • n.­1319
  • n.­1863
  • n.­1932
  • n.­1966
  • n.­1984-1985
  • n.­2052
  • n.­2177
  • n.­2253
  • n.­2262
  • n.­2491
  • n.­2595
  • n.­2603
  • n.­2643
  • n.­2658
  • n.­2660
  • n.­2786
  • n.­2911
g.­376

sambhogakāya

Wylie:
  • longs spyod rdzogs pa’i sku
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་རྫོགས་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sambhogakāya

The “enjoyment body,” one of the three bodies of a buddha, refers to the way a buddha manifests for realized beings; this may be represented by different iconographic forms of deity figures.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • n.­2833
  • g.­100
  • g.­372
g.­377

saṃsāra

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

The beginningless cycle of rebirth characterized by suffering and caused by the three faults of ignorance, greed, and anger.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 2.­334
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­868-869
  • 2.­886
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­976
  • 2.­1010-1011
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1417
  • 2.­1617
  • 2.­1656
  • 2.­1857
  • 2.­1961
  • n.­586
  • n.­2575
g.­378

Sanatkumāra

Wylie:
  • sa nad ku mA ra
  • sa nad ku mAra
  • sa na ta ku mA ra
  • kun ’gyed gzhon nu
Tibetan:
  • ས་ནད་ཀུ་མཱ་ར།
  • ས་ནད་ཀུ་མཱར།
  • ས་ན་ཏ་ཀུ་མཱ་ར།
  • ཀུན་འགྱེད་གཞོན་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sanatkumāra

The son of the god Brahmā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
  • n.­260
g.­379

saṅgha

Wylie:
  • dge ’dun
  • saM g+ha
  • sang g+ha
  • tshogs
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་འདུན།
  • སཾ་གྷ།
  • སང་གྷ།
  • ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅgha

A congregation of monks, or the totality of the Buddha’s monks regarded as the jewel of the Saṅgha (one of the Three Jewels). Also translated here as “congregation.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­657
  • 2.­659
  • 2.­661
  • 2.­681
  • 2.­687
  • 2.­689
  • 2.­846
  • 2.­917
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­1208
  • 2.­1568
  • 2.­1572
  • 2.­1744
  • 2.­1860
  • n.­2791
  • g.­99
  • g.­429
g.­380

Saṅkalā

Wylie:
  • lcags sgrog ma
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་སྒྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅkalā

One of the goddesses.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1042
  • g.­381
g.­381

Śaṅkalī

Wylie:
  • lcags sgrog
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་སྒྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkalī

It is not clear who this goddess is. This could be a variant spelling of Saṅkalā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­382

Śaṅkhinī

Wylie:
  • dung can ma
  • dung can
Tibetan:
  • དུང་ཅན་མ།
  • དུང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkhinī

A Buddhist goddess.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­784
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1649
g.­383

Śāradvatīputra

Wylie:
  • sha ra dwa ti’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāradvatīputra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his discipline and for having been praised by the Buddha as foremost of the wise (often paired with Maudgalyā­yana, who was praised as foremost in the capacity for miraculous powers). His father, Tiṣya, to honor Śāriputra’s mother, Śārikā, named him Śāradvatīputra, or, in its contracted form, Śāriputra, meaning “Śārikā’s Son.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­12
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1406
  • n.­914
g.­384

Sarasvatī

Wylie:
  • dbyangs can
  • dbyangs ldan ma
  • sgra dbyangs ma
  • sgra dbyangs
  • tshig ldan
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཅན།
  • དབྱངས་ལྡན་མ།
  • སྒྲ་དབྱངས་མ།
  • སྒྲ་དབྱངས།
  • ཚིག་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarasvatī

The goddess of speech and of learning.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­47
  • 2.­127
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­598-599
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1751
g.­385

Sārthavāha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sārthavāha

The identity of this being is uncertain; he could be one of the sons of Māra who was sympathetic to the Buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­876
g.­386

Sarva­nivaraṇa­viṣkambhin

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa thams cad rnam par sel
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་སེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­nivaraṇa­viṣkambhin

One of the celestial bodhisattvas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1006
  • g.­117
g.­387

seat of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi snying po
  • byang chub snying po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhimaṇḍa

Although it is translated as “seat of awakening” and frequently refers to the seat upon which Śākyamuni attained awakening, the Skt. term literally means “essence of awakening.” It refers to the final realization with the corollary of the realized being performing the twelve deeds of a buddha.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­16
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­856
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­964
  • 2.­970
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1047
  • 2.­1056
  • 2.­1116
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1393
  • 2.­1396
  • 2.­1430
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1771
  • 2.­1798
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1905
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1958
  • n.­669
  • n.­1217
  • n.­1539
  • n.­1932
  • g.­128
  • g.­453
g.­388

seven great tathāgatas

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa chen po bdun
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཆེན་པོ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • sapta­mahā­tathāgata

See “seven tathāgatas.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1873
g.­389

seven tathāgatas

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa bdun
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptatathāgata

These are the seven tathāgatas of the past: Vipaśyin, Śikhin, Viśvabhū, Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, Kāśyapa, and Śākyamuni.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1037
  • 2.­1944
  • g.­388
g.­390

seven types of jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che sna tshogs bdun
  • rin po che sna bdun
  • nor bu rin po che sna bdun
  • nor bu rin po che chen po sna bdun
  • nor bu rin po che bdun
  • rin chen bdun
  • rin chen sna bdun
  • rin po che bdun
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་ཚོགས་བདུན།
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
  • ནོར་བུ་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
  • ནོར་བུ་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཆེན་པོ་སྣ་བདུན།
  • ནོར་བུ་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་བདུན།
  • རིན་ཆེན་བདུན།
  • རིན་ཆེན་སྣ་བདུན།
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptaratna
  • sapta­maṇi­ratna
  • sapta­mahā­maṇi­ratna

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.

In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­27
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­305-306
  • 2.­309
  • 2.­315-317
  • 2.­431-432
  • 2.­496
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­776
  • 2.­833
  • 2.­853
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­971
  • 2.­984-985
  • 2.­1001
  • 2.­1027
  • 2.­1150
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1251
  • 2.­1319
  • 2.­1412
  • 2.­1436
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1689
  • 2.­1719
  • 2.­1729
  • 2.­1737
  • 2.­1756-1757
  • 2.­1840
  • 2.­1846
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1889
  • 2.­1904-1905
  • 2.­1972
  • 2.­1974
  • n.­117
  • n.­872
g.­391

siddha

Wylie:
  • grub pa
  • sid+d+ha
Tibetan:
  • གྲུབ་པ།
  • སིདྡྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddha

A class of powerful semidivine beings. In its ordinary sense of “accomplished” and so forth, this word is always translated here according to context.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­357
  • 2.­378-379
  • 2.­874
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1161
g.­392

siddha vidyādhara

Wylie:
  • grub pa’i rig sngags ’chang
Tibetan:
  • གྲུབ་པའི་རིག་སྔགས་འཆང་།
Sanskrit:
  • siddha­vidyādhara

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­527
g.­393

siddhi

Wylie:
  • dngos grub
  • sgrub pa
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་གྲུབ།
  • སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhi

See “accomplishment.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­448
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1884
  • n.­1546
  • n.­2824
g.­394

Śītā

Wylie:
  • si tA
  • shI tra
Tibetan:
  • སི་ཏཱ།
  • ཤཱི་ཏྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • śītā

The river Śītā, also spelled Sītā (personified).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1953
  • g.­395
g.­395

Sītā

Wylie:
  • si ta
Tibetan:
  • སི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • sītā

See “Śītā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­998
  • g.­394
g.­396

Sītāharaṇa

Wylie:
  • rol snyed ma phrogs pa
Tibetan:
  • རོལ་སྙེད་མ་ཕྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sītāharaṇa

The name of the chariot in which Sītā, the wife of Rāma, was carried away.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1284
g.­397

Śiva

Wylie:
  • shi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śiva

Major deity in the pantheon of the classical Indian religious traditions.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­599
  • n.­52
  • n.­126
  • n.­446
  • n.­622
  • n.­631
  • n.­891
  • n.­964
  • n.­1297
  • n.­1461
  • n.­1504
  • n.­1532-1533
  • n.­1940
  • n.­2607
  • g.­70
  • g.­88
  • g.­101
  • g.­149
  • g.­189
  • g.­193
  • g.­235
  • g.­238
  • g.­248
  • g.­278
  • g.­286
  • g.­323
  • g.­324
  • g.­361
  • g.­437
  • g.­445
  • g.­459
g.­398

Śivadūtī

Wylie:
  • pho nya mo zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ་མོ་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śivadūtī

One of the kṛtī (or kṛti) spirits.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1685
  • n.­2420
g.­399

Śivasudaṃṣṭra

Wylie:
  • zhi ba dang mche bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ་དང་མཆེ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śivasudaṃṣṭra

This could be an extended name of Sudaṃṣṭra, the son of Kṛṣṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1286
g.­400

six perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa drug
  • pha rol phyin drug
  • Sha Ta bA ra mi tA
  • ShaTa bA ra mi tA
  • Sha Ta pA ra mi tA
  • ShaTa pA ra mi tA
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཕྱིན་དྲུག
  • ཥ་ཊ་བཱ་ར་མི་ཏཱ།
  • ཥཊ་བཱ་ར་མི་ཏཱ།
  • ཥ་ཊ་པཱ་ར་མི་ཏཱ།
  • ཥཊ་པཱ་ར་མི་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaṭpāramitā

The perfections of generosity, morality, diligence, forbearance, meditative concentration, and wisdom.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­157
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­638-639
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­817
  • 2.­885
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­971
  • 2.­1052
  • 2.­1059
  • 2.­1111
  • 2.­1117
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1764
  • 2.­1856
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1906
  • 2.­1934
  • 2.­1937
  • 2.­1962
  • 2.­1974
  • n.­2635
  • n.­2785
  • g.­423
g.­401

skanda

Wylie:
  • skem byed
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • skanda

A class of demons that cause emaciation.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­591
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­1226
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1498
g.­402

Skanda

Wylie:
  • skem byed
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • skanda

The demon who causes drought or makes children ill.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • n.­877
  • g.­216
  • g.­233
g.­403

Soma

Wylie:
  • zla ba
  • so ma
  • sau ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
  • སོ་མ།
  • སཽ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • soma

Another name of Candra, the god of the moon.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­160
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­224
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1549
g.­404

śoṣa

Wylie:
  • skem pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śoṣa

A class of demons that cause emaciation.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1226
g.­405

sovereign ritual

Wylie:
  • cho ga zhib mo’i rgyal po
  • rgyal po cho ga zhib mo
  • rgyal po’i cho ga zhib mo
  • cho ga’i rgyal po
  • cho ga zhib mo
Tibetan:
  • ཆོ་ག་ཞིབ་མོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆོ་ག་ཞིབ་མོ།
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཆོ་ག་ཞིབ་མོ།
  • ཆོ་གའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཆོ་ག་ཞིབ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalparāja

Literally “king of rites,” the term can refer to an actual ritual or a ritual text, such as the AP.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • i.­6-7
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­158
  • 2.­404
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­715
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­746
  • 2.­858-859
  • 2.­869-870
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­879
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1140
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1518
  • 2.­1765
  • 2.­1909-1911
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1917
  • 2.­1923
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­1927
  • 2.­2010-2012
  • n.­301
  • n.­860
  • n.­1282
  • n.­1290
  • n.­1658
  • n.­2636
  • n.­2864
g.­406

sphere of phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadhātu

See “dharmadhātu.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1505
g.­407

śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­444-445
  • 2.­463
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1744
  • 2.­1851
  • 2.­1860
  • n.­1682
  • n.­2791
  • g.­502
g.­408

Śrī

Wylie:
  • dpal
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrī

The goddess of good fortune identified with Lakṣmī.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­459
  • 2.­480
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­732-735
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­741
  • 2.­744-746
  • 2.­748-750
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­788
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­904-905
  • 2.­940
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1213
  • 2.­1372
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1649
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1877
  • n.­915
  • n.­1100
  • n.­1106
  • n.­1111
  • n.­1116
  • n.­1122
  • n.­1317
  • n.­1733
g.­409

Śrīkānti

Wylie:
  • dpal mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīkānti

Another name of Lakṣmī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1942
g.­410

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • legs mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

Here, this is probably the name of one of the cakravartin kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­299
  • 2.­305
  • n.­481
g.­411

Sudhana

Wylie:
  • nor bzangs
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sudhana

A bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­535
g.­412

śūdra

Wylie:
  • dmangs rigs
Tibetan:
  • དམངས་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • śūdra

A member of the laborer or serf caste, one of the four castes.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­52
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­453
  • 2.­491
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1016
  • 2.­1021-1022
  • 2.­1034
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1061
  • 2.­1121
  • 2.­1132
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1224
  • 2.­1273
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1454
  • 2.­1499
  • 2.­1509
  • 2.­1733
  • 2.­1817
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1934
  • n.­315
  • g.­140
g.­413

sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
  • bde ’gro
  • su ga ta
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
  • བདེ་འགྲོ།
  • སུ་ག་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

An epithet of a fully realized buddha (samyak­sambuddha).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­697
  • 2.­781
  • 2.­1062
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1517
  • 2.­1664
  • n.­2182
g.­414

Sukhāvatī

Wylie:
  • bde ba can
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhāvatī

The paradise of Amitābha.

Located in 83 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­15
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­158
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­334
  • 2.­337-338
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­352-354
  • 2.­356-357
  • 2.­366
  • 2.­403
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­440
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­554
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­708
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­805
  • 2.­823
  • 2.­852
  • 2.­874
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­938
  • 2.­982
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1022
  • 2.­1025
  • 2.­1034-1035
  • 2.­1048
  • 2.­1061
  • 2.­1066
  • 2.­1070
  • 2.­1163
  • 2.­1182
  • 2.­1195
  • 2.­1198
  • 2.­1206
  • 2.­1237
  • 2.­1307
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1423
  • 2.­1425
  • 2.­1430-1431
  • 2.­1458
  • 2.­1470
  • 2.­1475
  • 2.­1506
  • 2.­1516-1517
  • 2.­1544
  • 2.­1568
  • 2.­1617
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1625
  • 2.­1656
  • 2.­1676
  • 2.­1722
  • 2.­1732
  • 2.­1799
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1830
  • 2.­1882
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1908
  • n.­674
g.­415

Sūrya

Wylie:
  • nyi ma
  • nyi
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ།
  • ཉི།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya

The god of the sun.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1372
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1637
  • 2.­1649
  • n.­514
  • n.­853
  • n.­1173
  • g.­6
g.­416

Svakāśi

Wylie:
  • rang gsal ma
Tibetan:
  • རང་གསལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • svakāśi

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1750
g.­417

Śvetā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo
  • kar sham
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ།
  • ཀར་ཤམ།
Sanskrit:
  • śvetā

A goddess, possibly the same as Mahāśvetā.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­706
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­996
  • 2.­1040
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1646
  • 2.­1648
  • 2.­1653
  • 2.­1667
  • 2.­1680
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1943
  • n.­2427
g.­418

sword vidyādhara

Wylie:
  • ral gri rig sngags ’chang
  • rigs sngags ’chang ba ral gri
Tibetan:
  • རལ་གྲི་རིག་སྔགས་འཆང་།
  • རིགས་སྔགས་འཆང་བ་རལ་གྲི།
Sanskrit:
  • khaḍga­vidyādhara

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­527
  • 2.­954
  • n.­694
  • g.­419
g.­419

sword vidyādharī

Wylie:
  • ral gri bzang po’i rig pa ’dzin pa
  • ral gri bzang mo’i rig pa ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • རལ་གྲི་བཟང་པོའི་རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ།
  • རལ་གྲི་བཟང་མོའི་རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • khaḍga­vidyādharī

A female sword vidyādhara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1750
g.­420

Takṣaka

Wylie:
  • ’jog po
Tibetan:
  • འཇོག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaka

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1441
  • 2.­1499
  • 2.­1711
  • 2.­1865
  • n.­1157
g.­421

Tārā

Wylie:
  • sgrol ma
  • tA ra
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོལ་མ།
  • ཏཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • tārā

The Buddhist goddess of compassion.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­549
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­705-706
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­892
  • 2.­996
  • 2.­1040
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1381-1386
  • 2.­1394
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1646
  • 2.­1648
  • 2.­1653
  • 2.­1667
  • 2.­1680
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1692
  • 2.­1717
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1941-1942
  • n.­320
  • n.­1044
  • n.­1853
  • n.­1924-1925
  • n.­1929
  • n.­2427
  • n.­2494
  • n.­2541
  • g.­74
  • g.­245
  • g.­259
g.­422

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
  • ta thA ga ta
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
  • ཏ་ཐཱ་ག་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 499 passages in the translation:

  • i.­7-8
  • i.­11
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­9-10
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­50-51
  • 2.­54
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­103
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­125-127
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­134-135
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­148
  • 2.­156-157
  • 2.­160-161
  • 2.­174-175
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­238
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­303
  • 2.­308
  • 2.­319
  • 2.­334
  • 2.­337
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­352-357
  • 2.­359-361
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­403
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­444-445
  • 2.­463
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-532
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­539-540
  • 2.­542
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­588-589
  • 2.­597-598
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­608
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­641-642
  • 2.­644-647
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­657
  • 2.­661
  • 2.­663
  • 2.­673
  • 2.­685
  • 2.­696-697
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­723-724
  • 2.­727
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­746-749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­778
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­788-792
  • 2.­794-796
  • 2.­801-803
  • 2.­806
  • 2.­809
  • 2.­821-823
  • 2.­853-856
  • 2.­860-862
  • 2.­869-874
  • 2.­878
  • 2.­880
  • 2.­883-885
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­903
  • 2.­911
  • 2.­942
  • 2.­957
  • 2.­961
  • 2.­963-965
  • 2.­967-972
  • 2.­975-979
  • 2.­982
  • 2.­984-986
  • 2.­989-990
  • 2.­992-993
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1010-1011
  • 2.­1013-1014
  • 2.­1016-1017
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1025
  • 2.­1037-1038
  • 2.­1043
  • 2.­1045-1051
  • 2.­1054-1060
  • 2.­1063
  • 2.­1066
  • 2.­1068
  • 2.­1070-1071
  • 2.­1084
  • 2.­1098
  • 2.­1110
  • 2.­1113
  • 2.­1119
  • 2.­1133
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1140-1141
  • 2.­1150-1151
  • 2.­1153
  • 2.­1156-1157
  • 2.­1159-1160
  • 2.­1166
  • 2.­1170
  • 2.­1173
  • 2.­1176
  • 2.­1182-1188
  • 2.­1190-1191
  • 2.­1198
  • 2.­1234
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1266
  • 2.­1290-1292
  • 2.­1305-1307
  • 2.­1315
  • 2.­1319-1321
  • 2.­1326-1327
  • 2.­1382
  • 2.­1384
  • 2.­1392-1394
  • 2.­1400-1403
  • 2.­1406-1407
  • 2.­1411-1415
  • 2.­1417
  • 2.­1422-1423
  • 2.­1425
  • 2.­1429-1431
  • 2.­1451
  • 2.­1453
  • 2.­1455
  • 2.­1466
  • 2.­1468-1470
  • 2.­1475
  • 2.­1493-1495
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1502-1503
  • 2.­1505-1506
  • 2.­1515-1517
  • 2.­1519
  • 2.­1542
  • 2.­1553
  • 2.­1572-1573
  • 2.­1619
  • 2.­1625-1627
  • 2.­1634-1635
  • 2.­1639
  • 2.­1651
  • 2.­1656-1657
  • 2.­1660-1662
  • 2.­1665
  • 2.­1676
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1683
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1687
  • 2.­1693
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1713
  • 2.­1721-1723
  • 2.­1727
  • 2.­1735
  • 2.­1740
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1744-1749
  • 2.­1751-1755
  • 2.­1758
  • 2.­1760-1762
  • 2.­1764-1767
  • 2.­1770-1771
  • 2.­1773-1774
  • 2.­1778-1779
  • 2.­1781-1787
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1792-1796
  • 2.­1798-1800
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1820-1828
  • 2.­1836-1840
  • 2.­1844
  • 2.­1846-1847
  • 2.­1849-1854
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1871
  • 2.­1881-1882
  • 2.­1885
  • 2.­1889-1891
  • 2.­1893-1895
  • 2.­1897
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1903-1905
  • 2.­1911
  • 2.­1915-1917
  • 2.­1919
  • 2.­1922
  • 2.­1928
  • 2.­1932-1933
  • 2.­1935-1936
  • 2.­1940-1941
  • 2.­1948-1949
  • 2.­1959-1966
  • 2.­1968-1971
  • 2.­1973-1975
  • 2.­2008
  • 2.­2010-2011
  • c.­1
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­28
  • n.­80
  • n.­87
  • n.­93
  • n.­117
  • n.­258
  • n.­299
  • n.­570
  • n.­779
  • n.­978
  • n.­980
  • n.­1216-1217
  • n.­1281
  • n.­1429
  • n.­1501
  • n.­1542-1543
  • n.­1557
  • n.­1668
  • n.­1868
  • n.­1932
  • n.­1935
  • n.­1966
  • n.­1980
  • n.­1983
  • n.­2052
  • n.­2078
  • n.­2432
  • n.­2478
  • n.­2643
  • n.­2647
  • n.­2702
  • n.­2718
  • n.­2839
  • n.­2919
  • g.­12
  • g.­14
  • g.­63
  • g.­130
  • g.­208
  • g.­227
  • g.­229
  • g.­307
  • g.­313
  • g.­334
  • g.­351
  • g.­389
  • g.­448
  • g.­492
  • g.­502
g.­423

ten perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa bcu
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśapāramitā

The six perfections plus an additional four.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­157
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1059
  • g.­321
g.­424

ten strengths

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

Apart from the last one, these ten pertain to the different types of clairvoyant knowledge that a buddha has. The list includes (1) the knowledge of what is possible and not possible, (2) the knowledge of the ripening of karma, (3) the knowledge of the variety of aspirations, (4) the knowledge of the variety of elements, (5) the knowledge of the different degrees of capability, (6) the knowledge of the destinations of all paths, (7) the knowledge of various states of meditation, (8) the knowledge of remembering previous lives, (9) the knowledge of deaths and rebirths, and (10) the cessation of defilements.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­157
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1572
g.­425

ten virtues

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśakuśala

Abstaining from killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harshly, gossiping, covetousness, ill-will, and wrong views.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1871
g.­426

The Jewel and the Lotus

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • maṇipadma

One of the lokeśvara emanations of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­746
  • 2.­748
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­788
  • g.­294
g.­427

Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum bcu rtsa gsum
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
  • bcu gsum
  • gsum cu
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་བཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
  • བཅུ་གསུམ།
  • གསུམ་ཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • tṛdaśa
  • trayastriṃśa

The paradise of Indra.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1446
  • 2.­1457
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1684
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1960
  • n.­641
  • n.­1124
  • n.­1172
  • n.­1420
  • n.­1463
  • n.­1633-1634
  • n.­1637
  • n.­1731
  • n.­1736
  • n.­1844
  • n.­2113
  • g.­163
  • g.­176
  • g.­340
  • g.­367
g.­428

three faults

Wylie:
  • tri do Sha
  • dug gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཏྲི་དོ་ཥ།
  • དུག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridoṣa

The three are ignorance, desire, and hatred.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­355
  • g.­377
g.­429

Three Jewels

Wylie:
  • dkon mchog gsum
Tibetan:
  • དཀོན་མཆོག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triratna

The Three Jewels are the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­12
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­649-650
  • 2.­652
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­656
  • 2.­658
  • 2.­660
  • 2.­662
  • 2.­664
  • 2.­666
  • 2.­668
  • 2.­670
  • 2.­672
  • 2.­674
  • 2.­676
  • 2.­678
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­682
  • 2.­684
  • 2.­686
  • 2.­688
  • 2.­690
  • 2.­696
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­736
  • 2.­739
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­757
  • 2.­905
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1029
  • 2.­1044
  • 2.­1052-1053
  • 2.­1115
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1192
  • 2.­1241
  • 2.­1384
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1438
  • 2.­1554
  • 2.­1695
  • 2.­1744
  • 2.­1806
  • n.­984
  • n.­2921
  • g.­99
  • g.­379
g.­430

three stains

Wylie:
  • tri ma la
Tibetan:
  • ཏྲི་མ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • trimala

The “stains” of ignorance, desire, and hatred.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­251
  • 2.­1068
g.­431

three ‘white’ foods

Wylie:
  • dkar gsum
  • rat+na tra ya
  • tri rat+na
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་གསུམ།
  • རཏྣ་ཏྲ་ཡ།
  • ཏྲི་རཏྣ།
Sanskrit:
  • triśukla

Punning on the double meaning of śukla as “white” and “pure,” these are three food items considered acceptable for use in preparation for or during ritual practices. The three vary across different sources but tend to include milk, rice, and a milk product such as cream, curds, cheese, or butter.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­15
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­96
  • 2.­281
  • 2.­294
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­602
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­836
  • 2.­902
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­999
  • 2.­1008
  • 2.­1027
  • 2.­1044
  • 2.­1091
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1242
  • 2.­1449
  • 2.­1631-1632
  • 2.­1806
  • n.­1746
g.­432

thunderbolt

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

Also translated here as “vajra” and “diamond.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­277
  • 2.­1734
  • n.­2574
  • g.­113
  • g.­452
g.­433

Trailokya

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gsum
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trailokya

One of the emanations of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1893
g.­434

Tuṇḍā

Wylie:
  • tuN+DA
Tibetan:
  • ཏུཎྜཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṇḍā

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
  • n.­2602
g.­435

Tuṣita

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy, (Toh 199).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­354
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1316
g.­436

Ucchuṣmakrodha

Wylie:
  • khro bo chol pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་ཆོལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ucchuṣmakrodha

A wrathful deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­437

Umā

Wylie:
  • u ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • umā

One of the wives of Śiva; she is also a Buddhist goddess.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­599
g.­438

Unfailing and as Pure as a Lotus

Wylie:
  • don yod pa pad+ma dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་པདྨ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­padma­vimala

This seems to be another short version of the name Unfailing Lotus Noose-Goad as Pure as a Lotus.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1788
g.­439

Unfailing Lotus Noose-Goad as Pure as a Lotus

Wylie:
  • don yod pa pad+ma dri ma med pa chu skyes kyi zhags pa’i lcags kyu
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་པདྨ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ་ཆུ་སྐྱེས་ཀྱི་ཞགས་པའི་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­padma­vimalāmbuja­pāśāṅkuśā

One of the mantra deities, a female emanation of Amoghapāśa; also the name of the corresponding mantra.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1740
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1746-1747
  • n.­2608
  • n.­2644
  • g.­61
  • g.­305
  • g.­438
  • g.­440
g.­440

Unfailing Lotus-Noose Pure as a Lotus

Wylie:
  • don yod pa pad+ma dri ma med pa’i chu skyes kyi zhags pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པ་པདྨ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་ཆུ་སྐྱེས་ཀྱི་ཞགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amogha­padma­vimalāmbuja­pāśa

This seems to be a shorter version of the name Unfailing Lotus Noose-Goad as Pure as a Lotus.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1776
g.­441

Upananda

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­545
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1041
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1210
  • 2.­1311
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1684
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1716
  • 2.­1940
  • n.­1167
  • n.­1534
g.­442

uṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣa

The protuberance at the top of a buddha’s head, visible only to realized beings.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1169
  • 2.­1171
  • 2.­1173
  • 2.­1176-1177
  • 2.­1197
  • 2.­1294
  • 2.­1298
  • 2.­1311
  • 2.­1317
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1889
  • n.­5
  • n.­1668
  • n.­1850
  • n.­2825-2826
  • g.­30
  • g.­310
  • g.­311
g.­443

Utpalī

Wylie:
  • ut+pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏྤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpalī

It is not clear who this goddess is.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­444

Uttara

Wylie:
  • mchog
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • uttara

One of the nāga kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1874
g.­445

Vaḍabāmukha

Wylie:
  • rgod ma’i kha
  • rgya mtsho’i klong
  • rta rgod ma’i kha
Tibetan:
  • རྒོད་མའི་ཁ།
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ཀློང་།
  • རྟ་རྒོད་མའི་ཁ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaḍabāmukha

One of the emanations of Śiva.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­128
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1575
g.­446

Vaḍavāmukhā

Wylie:
  • ba Da ba mu kha
Tibetan:
  • བ་ཌ་བ་མུ་ཁ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaḍavāmukhā

“Mare-faced,” a yoginī; also found in the Śaiva Kaula tradition.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­210
g.­447

vaipulya

Wylie:
  • shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaipulya

One of the twelve branches of scripture. Literally meaning “vast” or “extensive,” it refers to a particular set of lengthy sūtras or collections of sūtras that each provide a comprehensive overview of Buddhist thought and practice. This category includes individual works such as the Lalitavistara and Saddharma­puṇḍarīka and collections such as the Mahā­sannipāta, Buddhāvataṃsaka, Ratnakūta, and Prajñāpāramitā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­974
g.­448

Vairocana

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad
  • rnam snang mdzad
  • snang mdzad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད།
  • རྣམ་སྣང་མཛད།
  • སྣང་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana

One of the tathāgatas.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­961
  • 2.­963
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­995
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1037
  • 2.­1319
  • 2.­1502
  • 2.­1624-1625
  • 2.­1650-1651
  • 2.­1661
  • 2.­1687
  • 2.­1749
  • 2.­1753
  • 2.­1755
  • 2.­1798-1799
  • 2.­1821
  • 2.­1828
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1915-1916
  • 2.­1961
  • n.­1457
  • n.­1496
  • n.­2478
  • n.­2702
  • n.­2822
  • g.­119
g.­449

Vaiśeṣika

Wylie:
  • bye brag pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བྲག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśeṣika

“Particularists,” a non-Buddhist philosophical school.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­937
g.­450

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

The yakṣa god of wealth and one of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­395
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­940
  • 2.­1212-1213
  • 2.­1372
  • 2.­1377
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1902
  • g.­142
g.­451

vaiśya

Wylie:
  • rje’u rigs
  • rje’u’i rigs
  • rje rigs
Tibetan:
  • རྗེའུ་རིགས།
  • རྗེའུའི་རིགས།
  • རྗེ་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśya

A member of the merchant caste.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­442
  • 2.­453
  • 2.­491
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­980
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1016
  • 2.­1021-1022
  • 2.­1034
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1061
  • 2.­1121
  • 2.­1132
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1273
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1454
  • 2.­1499
  • 2.­1509
  • 2.­1733
  • 2.­1817
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1934
  • g.­140
g.­452

vajra

Wylie:
  • badz+ra
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • བཛྲ།
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

Diamond or thunderbolt; a metaphor for anything indestructible; a scepter-like ritual object.

Located in 145 passages in the translation:

  • i.­11
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­143
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­176
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­247
  • 2.­257
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­277
  • 2.­327
  • 2.­343-345
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­597-599
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­798
  • 2.­806
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­884
  • 2.­986
  • 2.­994
  • 2.­997-998
  • 2.­1038-1039
  • 2.­1041
  • 2.­1109-1113
  • 2.­1115
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1139
  • 2.­1142
  • 2.­1147
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1168-1169
  • 2.­1193
  • 2.­1290-1291
  • 2.­1295
  • 2.­1337
  • 2.­1373
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1398
  • 2.­1400
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1438
  • 2.­1447
  • 2.­1512-1514
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1576
  • 2.­1588
  • 2.­1616
  • 2.­1628
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1651
  • 2.­1661
  • 2.­1683
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1709
  • 2.­1717
  • 2.­1726-1728
  • 2.­1745
  • 2.­1754-1755
  • 2.­1759-1760
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1770
  • 2.­1783-1786
  • 2.­1794
  • 2.­1823
  • 2.­1837
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1893
  • 2.­1900
  • 2.­1915
  • 2.­1943
  • 2.­1948
  • 2.­1951
  • 2.­1963
  • 2.­1966
  • 2.­1968-1969
  • n.­4
  • n.­319
  • n.­323
  • n.­372
  • n.­430
  • n.­432
  • n.­453
  • n.­465
  • n.­555
  • n.­869
  • n.­994
  • n.­1217
  • n.­1466
  • n.­1615
  • n.­1617
  • n.­1624
  • n.­1626
  • n.­1647
  • n.­1649
  • n.­1980
  • n.­2174
  • n.­2361
  • n.­2604
  • n.­2606-2607
  • n.­2887
  • g.­15
  • g.­113
  • g.­130
  • g.­208
  • g.­432
  • g.­460
g.­453

vajra seat

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i gdan
  • rdo rje gdan
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་གདན།
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་གདན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāsana

Another name for the “seat of awakening.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­129
  • 2.­1290
  • 2.­1798
  • 2.­1826
g.­454

Vajrabhṛkuṭikā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje khro gnyer can
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཁྲོ་གཉེར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrabhṛkuṭikā

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­455

Vajradhara

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ’chang
  • badz+ra d+ha ra
  • rdo rje ’dzin pa
  • phyag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་འཆང་།
  • བཛྲ་དྷ་ར།
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་འཛིན་པ།
  • ཕྱག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajradhara

In the context of the AP, Vajradhara is another name for Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­646
  • 2.­770
  • 2.­783-784
  • 2.­802
  • 2.­814
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1377
  • 2.­1576
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1739
  • 2.­1744
  • 2.­1849
  • 2.­1912
  • 2.­1944
  • n.­1272
  • n.­1538
  • n.­2607
  • n.­2660
  • n.­2886-2887
g.­456

Vajradūtī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje pho nya mo
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཕོ་ཉ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajradūtī

One of the “messenger” goddesses.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1749
g.­457

Vajrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • lag na rdo rje
  • rdo rje thogs pa
  • phyag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཐོགས་པ།
  • ཕྱག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapāṇi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Vajrapāṇi means “Wielder of the Vajra.” In the Pali canon, he appears as a yakṣa guardian in the retinue of the Buddha. In the Mahāyāna scriptures he is a bodhisattva and one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha.” In the tantras, he is also regarded as an important Buddhist deity and instrumental in the transmission of tantric scriptures.

In this text:

Also called here the “general of yakṣas.”

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 2.­127
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­986-988
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1140-1141
  • 2.­1144-1147
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1154-1155
  • 2.­1165-1169
  • 2.­1171
  • 2.­1193-1194
  • 2.­1197
  • 2.­1200-1201
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1238
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1446
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1569-1570
  • 2.­1634
  • 2.­1692
  • 2.­1740-1741
  • 2.­1755
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1759-1763
  • 2.­1765
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1770-1771
  • 2.­1773-1774
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1861-1862
  • 2.­1885
  • 2.­1891-1892
  • 2.­1907
  • 2.­1909-1911
  • 2.­1913
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1922
  • 2.­1925
  • n.­1698
  • n.­2542
  • n.­2606-2607
  • n.­2887
  • g.­117
  • g.­198
  • g.­208
  • g.­233
  • g.­286
  • g.­288
  • g.­455
g.­458

Vajrapātāla

Wylie:
  • rdo rje sa ’og
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ས་འོག
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapātāla

A wrathful deity.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
  • n.­2606
g.­459

Vajrapiṅgala

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ping ga la
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་པིང་ག་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapiṅgala

The name could suggest a Buddhist counterpart of the Śaiva deity Piṅgala, an attendant of Śiva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­998
g.­460

Vajraśaṅkalī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lcags sgrog
  • rdo rje lcags sgrog ma
  • rdo rje lu gu rgyud
  • rdo rje lu gu rgyud ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྕགས་སྒྲོག
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྕགས་སྒྲོག་མ།
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལུ་གུ་རྒྱུད།
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལུ་གུ་རྒྱུད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśaṅkalī
  • vajrasaṅkalī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa, probably the same as Vajraśṛṅkhalā (“Vajra Chain”).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­127
  • 2.­996
  • 2.­1685
  • 2.­1749
  • n.­2481
g.­461

Vajraśekhara

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśekhara

A deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­462

Vajrasphoṭa

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i sgrog
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་སྒྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • vajrasphoṭa

He is described in the text as a nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­463

Vajrasundarī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mdzes ma nyid
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཛེས་མ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrasundarī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1750
g.­464

vajravināyaka

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rnam par ’dren pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རྣམ་པར་འདྲེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajravināyaka

This seems to be a class of enlightened beings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­599
  • g.­193
g.­465

Vakṣā

Wylie:
  • pak+Shu
Tibetan:
  • པཀྵུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vakṣā

The name of a river (personified).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­998
g.­466

Vāmana

Wylie:
  • mi’u thung
Tibetan:
  • མིའུ་ཐུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vāmana

“Dwarf” is one of the ten avatars of Viṣṇu.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­775
  • 2.­1549
  • n.­1159
  • n.­2224
  • g.­69
g.­467

Vārāha

Wylie:
  • phag
Tibetan:
  • ཕག
Sanskrit:
  • vārāha

The third incarnation of Viṣṇu.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1284
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1577
  • 2.­1701
g.­468

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • ka shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • vārāṇasī

Capital of the ancient country of Kāśi, west of Magadha and north of Kośala, where the Buddha first taught the Dharma.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­744
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1847
g.­469

Varuṇa

Wylie:
  • chu lha
  • ba ru Na
  • pa ru Na
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷ།
  • བ་རུ་ཎ།
  • པ་རུ་ཎ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇa

Apart from the god of water, Varuṇa can be the name of several other figures, including a nāga king.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­878
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­967-968
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1118-1119
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1637
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1702
  • 2.­1719
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1865
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1944
  • n.­350
  • n.­795
  • n.­1857
g.­470

Vāsantī

Wylie:
  • ba san tI
  • ba sa na ti
  • ba san ti
  • gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • བ་སན་ཏཱི།
  • བ་ས་ན་ཏི།
  • བ་སན་ཏི།
  • གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsantī

A goddess in one of the maṇḍalas of Amoghapāśa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1042
  • 2.­1129
  • 2.­1649
g.­471

Vāsava

Wylie:
  • bA sa ba
  • khyab bdag
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་ས་བ།
  • ཁྱབ་བདག
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsava

An epithet of Indra.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1408
g.­472

Vaśavartin

Wylie:
  • dbang sgyur
Tibetan:
  • དབང་སྒྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vaśavartin

One of the heavenly realms.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­997
g.­473

Vasiṣṭha

Wylie:
  • gnas ’jog
Tibetan:
  • གནས་འཇོག
Sanskrit:
  • vasiṣṭha

One of the ancient sages, one of the composers of the Vedic hymns.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1634
g.­474

Vāsuki

Wylie:
  • nor rgyas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsuki

A nāga king.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1711
  • 2.­1865
  • n.­1163
g.­475

Vāyu

Wylie:
  • rlung lha
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāyu

The god of wind.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­411
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­891
  • 2.­1301
  • 2.­1463
  • 2.­1532
  • n.­795
g.­476

verse

Wylie:
  • tshigs su bcad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śloka

A type of stanza with four lines of eight syllables.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­505
  • 2.­627
  • 2.­765
  • 2.­829
  • 2.­844
g.­477

vetāla

Wylie:
  • ro langs
Tibetan:
  • རོ་ལངས།
Sanskrit:
  • vetāla

A class of spirits that frequent charnel grounds and sometimes take possession of dead bodies.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­448
  • 2.­457
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­951-953
  • 2.­955
  • 2.­1373
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1881
  • n.­1401
  • n.­2818
  • g.­344
g.­478

Vibhīṣaṇa

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhīṣaṇa

A brother of Rāvaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1287
g.­479

vidyā

Wylie:
  • rig sngags
Tibetan:
  • རིག་སྔགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

Knowledge, especially the secret knowledge of mantras, mudrās, and so forth, and also the magical power that this knowledge entails; a magical spell or the power of a magical spell; a nonhuman female being or deity possessing such power.

Located in 195 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • 1.­19
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­117
  • 2.­175
  • 2.­277
  • 2.­402
  • 2.­457
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­656
  • 2.­658
  • 2.­660-662
  • 2.­664-670
  • 2.­672
  • 2.­674-678
  • 2.­680-688
  • 2.­690
  • 2.­692-693
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­700-701
  • 2.­714
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­800-801
  • 2.­803
  • 2.­816
  • 2.­883
  • 2.­901
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1062
  • 2.­1069-1070
  • 2.­1132
  • 2.­1166
  • 2.­1169
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1193
  • 2.­1197
  • 2.­1263
  • 2.­1281
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1303-1304
  • 2.­1310
  • 2.­1369-1370
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1383
  • 2.­1388-1391
  • 2.­1395-1396
  • 2.­1399
  • 2.­1405-1407
  • 2.­1413
  • 2.­1416
  • 2.­1432
  • 2.­1434-1435
  • 2.­1439
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1553
  • 2.­1562
  • 2.­1570
  • 2.­1618
  • 2.­1627
  • 2.­1650-1651
  • 2.­1659-1663
  • 2.­1676
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1713
  • 2.­1723
  • 2.­1742
  • 2.­1744-1745
  • 2.­1749-1750
  • 2.­1752
  • 2.­1755
  • 2.­1759-1761
  • 2.­1763-1764
  • 2.­1773-1774
  • 2.­1777
  • 2.­1782
  • 2.­1784
  • 2.­1787
  • 2.­1792-1797
  • 2.­1849
  • 2.­1851-1852
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1856
  • 2.­1861
  • 2.­1882
  • 2.­1899
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­1952
  • 2.­1968-1969
  • 2.­1971
  • 2.­2007-2009
  • n.­76
  • n.­437-438
  • n.­555
  • n.­804
  • n.­990
  • n.­1001
  • n.­1010
  • n.­1015
  • n.­1018
  • n.­1023
  • n.­1032
  • n.­1046
  • n.­1114
  • n.­1169
  • n.­1215
  • n.­1306
  • n.­1544
  • n.­1802
  • n.­1924
  • n.­1971
  • n.­1983
  • n.­2438
  • n.­2571
  • n.­2596
  • n.­2630
  • n.­2634-2635
  • n.­2642
  • n.­2659
  • n.­2761
  • n.­2963
  • g.­40
  • g.­47
  • g.­198
  • g.­304
  • g.­480
  • g.­481
g.­480

vidyā holder

Wylie:
  • rig pa ’dzin pa
  • rig ’dzin
  • rig sngags ’chang
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ།
  • རིག་འཛིན།
  • རིག་སྔགས་འཆང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

The term literally means “possessor of vidyā” and refers to practitioners of mantra. When the term is used in the sense of “vidyādhara” (a class of semidivine beings), it has been rendered in its Sanskrit form.

Located in 1,199 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • 1.­19
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­12-15
  • 2.­17-20
  • 2.­26-29
  • 2.­32-35
  • 2.­44-56
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­122-125
  • 2.­127-129
  • 2.­131-133
  • 2.­135-136
  • 2.­138-139
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­147-149
  • 2.­151-152
  • 2.­154
  • 2.­156-163
  • 2.­165-166
  • 2.­168-169
  • 2.­171-173
  • 2.­175-176
  • 2.­178-179
  • 2.­181-182
  • 2.­184-186
  • 2.­188
  • 2.­198
  • 2.­225-230
  • 2.­232-233
  • 2.­278-283
  • 2.­285-290
  • 2.­293-295
  • 2.­297-303
  • 2.­305-311
  • 2.­313-322
  • 2.­324-343
  • 2.­345-353
  • 2.­356-357
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­364-366
  • 2.­368-371
  • 2.­373-397
  • 2.­402
  • 2.­408
  • 2.­416
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­421-423
  • 2.­426-430
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­435-439
  • 2.­441-442
  • 2.­444-458
  • 2.­462-471
  • 2.­473-475
  • 2.­477-489
  • 2.­491-493
  • 2.­495-499
  • 2.­501-514
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519-524
  • 2.­526-534
  • 2.­536-546
  • 2.­548-552
  • 2.­554-579
  • 2.­588-600
  • 2.­602-608
  • 2.­612-622
  • 2.­626-627
  • 2.­629-642
  • 2.­644-645
  • 2.­651
  • 2.­655
  • 2.­659
  • 2.­663
  • 2.­667
  • 2.­675
  • 2.­677
  • 2.­681
  • 2.­683
  • 2.­687
  • 2.­689
  • 2.­692-693
  • 2.­703
  • 2.­705-706
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­713
  • 2.­715-719
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­724-725
  • 2.­727-732
  • 2.­734-735
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­741
  • 2.­743-752
  • 2.­754-755
  • 2.­760-772
  • 2.­778
  • 2.­780-781
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­785
  • 2.­787-788
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­792
  • 2.­794-802
  • 2.­809-811
  • 2.­815-816
  • 2.­819-823
  • 2.­829-831
  • 2.­833-834
  • 2.­838-841
  • 2.­843-844
  • 2.­850-851
  • 2.­853-858
  • 2.­862
  • 2.­864
  • 2.­867-868
  • 2.­873-874
  • 2.­877
  • 2.­883
  • 2.­889
  • 2.­893-906
  • 2.­908-912
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­916
  • 2.­918-920
  • 2.­923-926
  • 2.­928
  • 2.­930-936
  • 2.­938-955
  • 2.­957
  • 2.­962-964
  • 2.­969-971
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­992-994
  • 2.­998-1000
  • 2.­1003-1004
  • 2.­1010-1012
  • 2.­1018-1020
  • 2.­1023-1026
  • 2.­1031
  • 2.­1035-1041
  • 2.­1043
  • 2.­1050
  • 2.­1057
  • 2.­1059
  • 2.­1061
  • 2.­1064
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1107-1114
  • 2.­1120
  • 2.­1124-1128
  • 2.­1131-1132
  • 2.­1140
  • 2.­1142
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1166
  • 2.­1176-1181
  • 2.­1183-1192
  • 2.­1194-1196
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1204-1214
  • 2.­1217
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1222-1223
  • 2.­1240
  • 2.­1250-1251
  • 2.­1253-1256
  • 2.­1259
  • 2.­1261
  • 2.­1263-1266
  • 2.­1269-1276
  • 2.­1278-1282
  • 2.­1285
  • 2.­1287
  • 2.­1289-1291
  • 2.­1293
  • 2.­1295-1296
  • 2.­1299
  • 2.­1302-1304
  • 2.­1306-1310
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1315
  • 2.­1317
  • 2.­1319-1320
  • 2.­1322-1323
  • 2.­1370-1378
  • 2.­1381
  • 2.­1388-1393
  • 2.­1396
  • 2.­1399
  • 2.­1411
  • 2.­1416-1419
  • 2.­1422-1424
  • 2.­1427-1429
  • 2.­1431-1432
  • 2.­1434
  • 2.­1436
  • 2.­1438
  • 2.­1440-1441
  • 2.­1443-1450
  • 2.­1456-1457
  • 2.­1462-1466
  • 2.­1468-1474
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1480-1485
  • 2.­1487-1491
  • 2.­1496-1499
  • 2.­1503
  • 2.­1506
  • 2.­1510-1516
  • 2.­1519-1520
  • 2.­1522-1523
  • 2.­1526-1528
  • 2.­1530-1532
  • 2.­1534-1536
  • 2.­1538-1542
  • 2.­1546
  • 2.­1550-1555
  • 2.­1557
  • 2.­1561-1563
  • 2.­1567
  • 2.­1569-1574
  • 2.­1576-1602
  • 2.­1604-1612
  • 2.­1614-1615
  • 2.­1620-1621
  • 2.­1624
  • 2.­1627-1628
  • 2.­1630-1633
  • 2.­1635
  • 2.­1637-1649
  • 2.­1651-1660
  • 2.­1666-1675
  • 2.­1679-1680
  • 2.­1682-1683
  • 2.­1686
  • 2.­1688-1689
  • 2.­1691-1695
  • 2.­1698-1701
  • 2.­1703-1705
  • 2.­1707-1710
  • 2.­1712-1715
  • 2.­1719-1726
  • 2.­1728-1731
  • 2.­1733-1736
  • 2.­1739
  • 2.­1742-1743
  • 2.­1751
  • 2.­1753
  • 2.­1755
  • 2.­1761-1766
  • 2.­1768
  • 2.­1771-1772
  • 2.­1774
  • 2.­1792-1817
  • 2.­1820-1833
  • 2.­1836-1842
  • 2.­1844
  • 2.­1853
  • 2.­1862-1875
  • 2.­1877
  • 2.­1880-1885
  • 2.­1887-1888
  • 2.­1890-1891
  • 2.­1894-1902
  • 2.­1904-1908
  • 2.­1913-1915
  • 2.­1917-1919
  • 2.­1923
  • 2.­1926
  • 2.­1928-1931
  • 2.­1933
  • 2.­1939-1954
  • 2.­1956-1958
  • 2.­1960-1961
  • 2.­1965-1966
  • 2.­1968
  • 2.­1970-1977
  • 2.­1984
  • 2.­2007-2008
  • c.­3
  • n.­93
  • n.­100
  • n.­118
  • n.­169
  • n.­266
  • n.­289
  • n.­299
  • n.­319
  • n.­322
  • n.­364
  • n.­370
  • n.­476
  • n.­484
  • n.­516
  • n.­536
  • n.­561
  • n.­610
  • n.­620
  • n.­624
  • n.­645
  • n.­687
  • n.­689
  • n.­737
  • n.­753
  • n.­761
  • n.­820
  • n.­832-833
  • n.­842
  • n.­844
  • n.­880
  • n.­895
  • n.­898
  • n.­905
  • n.­908
  • n.­911
  • n.­934
  • n.­972
  • n.­974
  • n.­986
  • n.­1077
  • n.­1092
  • n.­1106
  • n.­1131
  • n.­1198
  • n.­1216
  • n.­1260
  • n.­1315
  • n.­1327
  • n.­1339
  • n.­1372
  • n.­1414
  • n.­1448
  • n.­1478
  • n.­1515
  • n.­1519
  • n.­1527
  • n.­1559
  • n.­1641
  • n.­1650
  • n.­1652
  • n.­1673
  • n.­1738
  • n.­1745
  • n.­1764
  • n.­1992
  • n.­2077
  • n.­2089
  • n.­2111
  • n.­2211
  • n.­2239
  • n.­2253-2254
  • n.­2294
  • n.­2303
  • n.­2318
  • n.­2431
  • n.­2444
  • n.­2447
  • n.­2463
  • n.­2491
  • n.­2556
  • n.­2571
  • n.­2643
  • n.­2657
  • n.­2661
  • n.­2703
  • n.­2712
  • n.­2718
  • n.­2793
  • n.­2809
  • n.­2811
  • n.­2815
  • n.­2832
  • n.­2848
  • n.­2880
  • n.­2883
  • n.­2920
  • g.­481
g.­481

vidyādhara

Wylie:
  • rig sngags ’chang
  • rig ’dzin
  • bid+yA d+ha ra
Tibetan:
  • རིག་སྔགས་འཆང་།
  • རིག་འཛིན།
  • བིདྱཱ་དྷ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

“Knowledge holder” is a class of semidivine beings renowned for their magical power (vidyā). When referring to the practitioner, the term has been translated as “vidyā holder.”

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­127
  • 2.­158-159
  • 2.­175
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­289
  • 2.­298
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­304-305
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­316
  • 2.­319-320
  • 2.­324
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­357
  • 2.­377-379
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­429-432
  • 2.­439
  • 2.­447-448
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­476
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­490
  • 2.­494
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­554
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­699
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­821
  • 2.­844
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­927
  • 2.­929
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­938
  • 2.­942
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­973
  • 2.­1051
  • 2.­1150
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1198
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1448
  • 2.­1450
  • 2.­1452
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1497
  • 2.­1515
  • 2.­1634
  • 2.­1679
  • 2.­1698
  • 2.­1708-1709
  • 2.­1767
  • 2.­1799
  • 2.­1849
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1920
  • n.­82
  • n.­285
  • n.­471
  • n.­520
  • n.­598-600
  • n.­674
  • n.­694-695
  • n.­911
  • n.­1169
  • n.­2118
  • g.­90
  • g.­244
  • g.­264
  • g.­320
  • g.­392
  • g.­418
  • g.­480
  • g.­482
g.­482

vidyādharī

Wylie:
  • rig sngags ’chang gi bu mo
Tibetan:
  • རིག་སྔགས་འཆང་གི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādharī

A female vidyādhara.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­1151
  • n.­7
g.­483

vidyārāja

Wylie:
  • rig sngags rgyal po
  • rig sngags kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིག་སྔགས་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • རིག་སྔགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyārāja

See “king of vidyās.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­694
  • 2.­1757
  • g.­47
  • g.­198
  • g.­485
g.­484

Vidyārāja

Wylie:
  • rig pa’i rgyal po
  • rig sngags kyi rgyal po
  • rig sngags rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • རིག་སྔགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • རིག་སྔགས་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyārāja

This seems to be the name of some of the amogha emanations of Avalokiteśvara, although the distinction between Vidyārāja (proper name) and “king of vidyās” (literal translation) is often blurred.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­891-892
  • 2.­1648
  • 2.­1867
  • g.­198
g.­485

vidyārājñī

Wylie:
  • rig sngags kyi rgyal mo
Tibetan:
  • རིག་སྔགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyārājñī

A female vidyārāja‍—a powerful female mantra deity of the vidyārāja class.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­486

vighna

Wylie:
  • bgegs
  • pig+h+na
  • big+ha na
  • bi g+ha
Tibetan:
  • བགེགས།
  • པིགྷྣ།
  • བིགྷ་ན།
  • བི་གྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • vighna

An obstacle or a class of spirits who create obstacles.

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­346
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­420
  • 2.­451
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­594
  • 2.­633-634
  • 2.­676-677
  • 2.­683
  • 2.­685
  • 2.­689
  • 2.­697-698
  • 2.­797
  • 2.­803
  • 2.­879
  • 2.­933
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1107
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1174
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1267
  • 2.­1272
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1302-1303
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1320
  • 2.­1372
  • 2.­1389-1391
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1589
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1661
  • 2.­1766
  • 2.­1790
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1900
  • 2.­1959
  • n.­120
  • n.­1780
  • n.­2910
g.­487

Vijayā

Wylie:
  • rnam rgyal nyid
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་རྒྱལ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vijayā

A goddess shared by the Buddhists and the Śaivites.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­127
g.­488

Vikaṭānana

Wylie:
  • gtsigs zhal ma
Tibetan:
  • གཙིགས་ཞལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikaṭānana

A yakṣa appearing in some of the paintings of Amoghapāśa. See n.­2899.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1953
  • n.­2899
g.­489

Vilokitā

Wylie:
  • rnam par blta ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vilokitā

One of the worlds in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­2
g.­490

Vimalākarī

Wylie:
  • dri med byed ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalākarī

One of the goddesses associated with Amoghapāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1749
g.­491

Vimalamati

Wylie:
  • dri med blo
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalamati

One of the goddesses in some of the maṇḍalas of Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­549
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­597
  • n.­866
  • n.­885
  • n.­1057
g.­492

Vimala­padma­jvala­raśmi

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa’i pad+ma ’od zer ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་པདྨ་འོད་ཟེར་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­padma­jvala­raśmi

One of the tathāgatas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1188
g.­493

vināyaka

Wylie:
  • log ’dren
  • log par ’dren pa
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་འདྲེན།
  • ལོག་པར་འདྲེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vināyaka

A class of obstacle-making spirits.

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­346
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­451
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­594
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­633-634
  • 2.­676-677
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­797
  • 2.­803
  • 2.­879
  • 2.­933
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­999
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1267
  • 2.­1272
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1299
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1372
  • 2.­1389-1391
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1548
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1660-1661
  • 2.­1766
  • 2.­1790
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1895
  • 2.­1900
g.­494

Vināyaka

Wylie:
  • bi nA ya ka
Tibetan:
  • བི་ནཱ་ཡ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • vināyaka

One of the epithets of Gaṇeśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1408
g.­495

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
  • ’phags skyes
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

One of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1549
  • g.­142
g.­496

Virūpākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig mi bzang
Tibetan:
  • མིག་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpākṣa

One of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1549
  • g.­142
g.­497

Viśālākṣa

Wylie:
  • spyan yangs
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་ཡངས།
Sanskrit:
  • viśālākṣa

A deity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1548
g.­498

Viṣṇu

Wylie:
  • biSh+Nu
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • བིཥྞུ།
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇu

The god of creation.

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­354-355
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­623
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­719-720
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­795
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1119
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1218
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1478
  • 2.­1485
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1634
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1719
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1920
  • n.­1162-1163
  • n.­2198
  • n.­2520
  • n.­2574
  • g.­168
  • g.­171
  • g.­219
  • g.­266
  • g.­280
  • g.­282
  • g.­349
  • g.­466
  • g.­467
  • g.­499
g.­499

Viśvarūpa

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs gzugs can
  • gzugs dang sna tshogs mang po
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་གཟུགས་ཅན།
  • གཟུགས་དང་སྣ་ཚོགས་མང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvarūpa

“Omnifarious One” is the name/epithet of various deities, but in particular of Viṣṇu in his viśvarūpa aspect.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­720
  • 2.­1209
  • 2.­1549
g.­500

Vyāsa

Wylie:
  • rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyāsa

One of the ancient sages, regarded as the compiler of the Vedas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1634
g.­501

wheel-turning monarch

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

See “cakravartin.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­159
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­821
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­1195-1196
  • 2.­1286
  • 2.­1709
  • g.­90
  • g.­244
  • g.­258
g.­502

worthy one

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
  • ar+ha ta
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
  • ཨརྷ་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

One who has achieved the fourth and final level of attainment on the śrāvaka path and attained liberation with the cessation of all afflictions; also used as a title of respect when referring to the Buddha Śākyamuni and other tathāgatas.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­12
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­727
  • 2.­746-747
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­979
  • 2.­989
  • 2.­1140
  • 2.­1159
  • 2.­1186-1188
  • 2.­1190
  • 2.­1401
  • 2.­1406
  • 2.­1517
  • 2.­1713
  • 2.­1761
  • 2.­1774
  • 2.­1799
  • 2.­1851
  • n.­299
  • n.­570
  • n.­779
g.­503

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
  • yak+Sha
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
  • ཡཀྵ།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who inhabit forests, mountainous areas, and other natural spaces, or serve as guardians of villages and towns, and may be propitiated for health, wealth, protection, and other boons, or controlled through magic. According to tradition, their homeland is in the north, where they live under the rule of the Great King Vaiśravaṇa.

Several members of this class have been deified as gods of wealth (these include the just-mentioned Vaiśravaṇa) or as bodhisattva generals of yakṣa armies, and have entered the Buddhist pantheon in a variety of forms, including, in tantric Buddhism, those of wrathful deities.

Located in 222 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­51-52
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­227
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­300
  • 2.­321
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­345-346
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­393
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­425
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­441
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­447
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­489
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­495
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516-517
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­545
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­563-564
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­624
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­697-698
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­719-720
  • 2.­728
  • 2.­735
  • 2.­742-743
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­761
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­800
  • 2.­808
  • 2.­822
  • 2.­825
  • 2.­842
  • 2.­844
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­879-880
  • 2.­897
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­933
  • 2.­939
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­975
  • 2.­986
  • 2.­988
  • 2.­1010
  • 2.­1019
  • 2.­1023
  • 2.­1032
  • 2.­1069
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1122
  • 2.­1134
  • 2.­1136
  • 2.­1140
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1145
  • 2.­1147
  • 2.­1150-1151
  • 2.­1153-1155
  • 2.­1163-1165
  • 2.­1167-1169
  • 2.­1171
  • 2.­1178-1179
  • 2.­1193
  • 2.­1200-1201
  • 2.­1204
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1220-1221
  • 2.­1232
  • 2.­1238
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1263-1264
  • 2.­1267
  • 2.­1272
  • 2.­1276
  • 2.­1280
  • 2.­1292
  • 2.­1296
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1316
  • 2.­1320
  • 2.­1378
  • 2.­1389
  • 2.­1395
  • 2.­1402
  • 2.­1433
  • 2.­1442
  • 2.­1452-1453
  • 2.­1456
  • 2.­1459
  • 2.­1476
  • 2.­1484
  • 2.­1498
  • 2.­1507
  • 2.­1546
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1574
  • 2.­1589
  • 2.­1605
  • 2.­1626
  • 2.­1636
  • 2.­1644
  • 2.­1674
  • 2.­1708
  • 2.­1718
  • 2.­1740-1741
  • 2.­1759-1760
  • 2.­1766-1768
  • 2.­1771
  • 2.­1789
  • 2.­1797
  • 2.­1807
  • 2.­1814
  • 2.­1842
  • 2.­1854
  • 2.­1879
  • 2.­1881
  • 2.­1891
  • 2.­1895
  • 2.­1900
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1925
  • 2.­1959
  • 2.­1967
  • 2.­2011
  • n.­819
  • n.­966
  • n.­1029
  • n.­1274
  • n.­1349
  • n.­1395
  • n.­1512
  • n.­2541-2542
  • n.­2720
  • n.­2899
  • n.­2910
  • g.­134
  • g.­165
  • g.­193
  • g.­195
  • g.­257
  • g.­316
  • g.­339
  • g.­450
  • g.­457
  • g.­488
  • g.­504
g.­504

yakṣiṇī

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin mo
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣiṇī

A female yakṣa.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­183
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­569-570
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­939
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1377
  • n.­842
  • n.­1150
  • n.­1728
  • g.­167
  • g.­187
g.­505

Yama

Wylie:
  • ya ma
  • gshin rje
Tibetan:
  • ཡ་མ།
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • yama

The god of the dead.

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­191
  • 2.­277
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­545-546
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­586
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­647
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­784
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­878
  • 2.­890
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­962
  • 2.­967-968
  • 2.­997
  • 2.­1018
  • 2.­1038
  • 2.­1118-1119
  • 2.­1128
  • 2.­1142-1143
  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1175
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1369
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1408
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1494
  • 2.­1529
  • 2.­1532
  • 2.­1544
  • 2.­1549
  • 2.­1616
  • 2.­1637
  • 2.­1647
  • 2.­1719
  • 2.­1734
  • 2.­1757
  • 2.­1830
  • 2.­1920
  • 2.­1944
  • n.­1857
  • g.­145
g.­506

Yamunā

Wylie:
  • ya mu nA
Tibetan:
  • ཡ་མུ་ནཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • yamunā

The river Yamunā (personified).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­1549
g.­507

yoginī

Wylie:
  • rnal ’byor ma
  • sbyor ba mo
  • sbyor ma
Tibetan:
  • རྣལ་འབྱོར་མ།
  • སྦྱོར་བ་མོ།
  • སྦྱོར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yoginī

In the sūtra and Kriyātantra literature, a yoginī is a female spirit of the lower order.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­362
  • 2.­462
  • 2.­1377
  • 2.­1486
  • 2.­1545
  • n.­711
  • g.­446
0
    You are downloading:

    The Sovereign Ritual of Amoghapāśa

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Sovereign Ritual of Amoghapāśa (Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja, don yod pa’i zhags pa’i cho ga zhib mo’i rgyal po, Toh 686). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh686/UT22084-092-001-glossary.Copy
    84000. The Sovereign Ritual of Amoghapāśa (Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja, don yod pa’i zhags pa’i cho ga zhib mo’i rgyal po, Toh 686). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh686/UT22084-092-001-glossary.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Sovereign Ritual of Amoghapāśa (Amogha­pāśa­kalpa­rāja, don yod pa’i zhags pa’i cho ga zhib mo’i rgyal po, Toh 686). (Dharmachakra Translation Committee, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh686/UT22084-092-001-glossary.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from Action tantras
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy